Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Air Conditioning
      • Automatic & Manual System
        • HVAC System Service Specifications
        • HVAC System Torque Specifications
    • Axle Nut/Hub Nut
      • Front
      • Rear
    • Battery
      • Battery Service Specifications
      • Battery Torque Specifications
    • Brakes
      • Bleeding Sequence
      • Disc Brakes
        • RPO Code Identification
        • Disc Brake Service Specifications
        • Brake Torque Specifications
    • Charging System
      • Generator
        • Generator Service Specifications
        • Generator Torque Specifications
    • Drive Belts
      • Adjustment
        • Specifications & Procedures
      • Drive Belt Routing
        • Routing Illustrations
        • Drive Belt Torque Specifications
    • Engine Cooling
      • Service
        • Engine Cooling Specifications
        • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
      • Radiator Cap Pressure
      • Thermostat Removal & Installation
      • Water Pump Removal & Installation
    • Engine Mechanical
      • Compression
      • Oil Pressure
      • Overhaul
      • Torque
    • Fluid Specifications
    • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
    • Fuel System
      • Fuel Pressure
        • Fuel System Specifications
      • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
      • Fuel Filter
    • Ignition System
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • High Tension Wires
        • High Tension Wire Resistance Specifications
      • Ignition Timing
      • Spark Plugs
        • Spark Plug Specifications
    • Starting System
      • Starter
        • Starter Motor Application
        • Starter Torque Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment
      • Adjustment Specifications
      • Torque
    • Wheel & Tire
      • Wheel Lug Nut Torque
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4L60-E) DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4L80-E) DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Electrical DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 8.1L DTCS
    • Entertainment DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC, Automatic DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Navigation DTCS
    • Power Door Lock, Mirror & Window DTCS
    • Power Seat DTCS
    • Suspension, Electronic - Automatic Level Control DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent Immobilizer DTCS - Exported Vehicles
    • Tire Pressure Monitor DTCS
    • Transfer Case (4482-Nr4) DTCS
    • Transfer Case (NVG 246-NP8) DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems - Electrical Component Locator Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Left I/P Label
          • Fuse Block - Left I/P Top View
          • Fuse Block - Left I/P Bottom View
          • Relay Block - Body Label
          • Relay Block - Body Top View
          • Relay Block - Body Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Right I/P Top View
          • Fuse Block - Right I/P Bottom View
          • Junction Block - Rear
    • Wiring Systems - Power, Ground And Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Component Locator
        • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Inline Harness Connectors
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views - Abs, Adjustable Pedals, Automatic Level Control SUSP, Automatic Transmission, Shift Lock Control, Body Control System, Body Rear End, Cellular Communication, Cruise Control, Data Link Communications, Electrical Center
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End Views
        • Precharge Pump Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End Views
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End Views
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End Views
        • YAW and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View
      • Adjustable Pedals Connector End Views
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View
      • Automatic Level Control Suspension Connector End Views
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Relay Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Air Compressor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View (4L60-E/4L65-E)
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View (4L80-E/4L85-E)
        • Inline Harness Connector C103 Connector End View, Engine Side
        • Inline Harness Connector End View - Transmission Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views (4L60-E/4L65-E)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views (4L80-E/4L85-E)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views (4L60-E/4L65-E)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View, Column Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views (4L80-E/4L85-E)
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed (AT ISS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Output Shaft Speed (AT OSS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View, Column Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • Transmission Shift Lock Control Actuator Connector End View
      • Body Control System Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End Views
      • Body Rear End Connector End Views
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - Right Cargo
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End Views
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
      • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End Views
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C4
      • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Electrical Center Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Underhood
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Left I/P
        • Relay Block Connector End Views - Body
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Right I/P
        • Junction Block Connector End Views - Rear Lamps
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views - Engine Controls, Engine Electrical, Entertainment, Garage Door Opener, Horns, HVAC, Hydraulic Brakes
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (4.3L, 5.3L, 6.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Composition Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End Views
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End Views
        • Fuel Pump (FP) Relay Connector End View - Secondary (w/Dual Tanks)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End Views
        • Ignition Coil Connector End Views
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensors (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End Views
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (8.1L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End Views
        • Fuel Pump (FP) Relay Connector End View - Secondary (w/Dual Tanks)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End Views
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End Views
        • Ignition Coil Connector End Views
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End Views
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Generator Connector End Views
      • Entertainment Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End Views
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View - w/ U2K/U2L
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End Views
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) Assembly DVD Connector End View
        • Remote Playback Device Connector End View - CD Player
        • Speaker Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP250 Connector End View
      • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener (Part of Overhead Console) Connector End View
      • Horns Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End Views
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Automatic)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End Views
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Assembly Front Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Auxiliary Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Mode Actuator Connector End Views
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Manual)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End Views - Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Pressure Differential Switch Connector End View
        • Hydroboost Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Supplemental Brake Assist Pump Motor Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Inline Harness - C100 Through C306
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 I/P Harness To Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C102 I/P Harness To Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C103 I/P Harness To Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View (Export)
        • C104 I/P Harness To Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C114 Chassis Harness To I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C115 Chassis Harness To I/P Harness Connector Connector End View
        • C125 Snowplow Harness To Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C127 Snowplow Harness To Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C148 Engine Harness To Coil Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C149 Engine Harness To Coil Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C150 4-Wheel Drive Harness To 4-Wheel Drive Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C151 ATC Harness To I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C152 Chassis Harness To Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C153 4 Wheel Drive Harness To Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C154 I/P Harness To ATC Harness Connector End View
        • C155 Engine Harness To Injector Jumper Harness Connector End View (8.1L Only)
        • C198 I/P Harness To Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C201 I/P Harness To Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • C202 I/P Harness To Brake/Clutch Harness Connector End View
        • C202 Brake/Clutch Harness To I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 I/P Harness To Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C206 I/P Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
        • C209 I/P Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
        • C210 Brake/Clutch Harness To Roof Beacon Harness Connector End View
        • C214 I/P Harness To Headliner Harness Connector End Views
        • C220 I/P Harness To Infotainment Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C221 I/P Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
        • C222 I/P Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
        • C230 I/P Harness To A-Pillar Harness Connector End View
        • C249 I/P Harness To Infotainment Harness Connector End View
        • C250 Brake/Clutch Harness To Brake Clutch Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C305 Body Harness To Drivers Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Infotainment Jumper Harness To Console Harness Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Inline Harness - C310 Through C901
      • C310 Body Harness To Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
      • C312 Headliner Harness To Rear Blower Harness Connector End View
      • C313 LF Door Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C315 RF Door Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C320 Seat Jumper Harness To Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C321 Seat Jumper Harness To Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C322 Seat Motor Jumper Harness To Seat Jumper Harness Connector End View
      • C323 Seat Motor Jumper Harness To Seat Jumper Harness Connector End View
      • C324 Lumbar Bolster Harness To Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C325 Heated Seat Jumper Harness To Seat Jumper Harness Connector End View
      • C326 Heated Seat Jumper Harness To Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C327 Body Harness To Left Rear Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C328 Heated Seat Element Harness To Left Rear Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C329 Lumbar Bolster Harness To Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C331 I/P Harness To Headliner Harness Connector End View
      • C350 Engine Harness To 4 Wheel Drive Harness Connector End View
      • C370 Body Harness To Console Harness Connector End View
      • C386 Body Harness To Right Rear Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C388 Seat Motor Jumper Harness To Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C389 Heated Seat Element Harness To Right Rear Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C390 CHMSL/Cargo Harness To Body Harness Connector End View (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
      • C396 Body Harness To Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
      • C397 Blower Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C399 Body Harness To Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C402 LH Tail Lamp Harness To Rear Bussing Block Harness Connector End View
      • C404 Left Clearance Lamp Harness To License Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • C405 Right Clearance Lamp Harness To License Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • C406 License Lamp Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C410 Right Rear Lamp Harness To Chassis Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C411 Left Rear Lamp Harness To Chassis Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C450 Chassis Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C499 Body Harness To Endgate Extension Harness Connector End View
      • C900 Endgate Harness To Endgate Extension Harness Connector End View
      • C901 Endgate Extension Harness To Endgate Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Instrument Panel, Gages, Console, Lighting Systems, Power And Grounding, Power Door Systems, Power Outlet, Power Roof Systems, Power Seat Systems, Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Analog Clock Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary (Export Suburban/Yukon XL)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche)
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly Connector End View - Secondary (Export Suburban/Yukon XL)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End Views
        • Backup Lamp Connector End Views
        • Bezel Lamp Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Assembly Connector End Views (Avalanche and Escalade EXT Only)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End Views
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End Views
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End Views
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Connector End Views
        • Dome Lamp Connector End Views (Suburban and Yukon XL Only)
        • Door Courtesy Lamp Connector End Views
        • Fog Lamp Connector End Views
        • Fog Lamp Switch Rear Connector End View (Export)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Ballast Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End Views (Export)
        • Headlamp Leveling Switch Connector End View (Export)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lam Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector End Views - Rear Lamps
        • License Lamp Connector End Views
        • Marker Lamp Connector End Views
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End Views
        • Multifunction Accessory Switch Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End Views
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End Views (Export)
        • Roof Beacon Relay Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Switch Connector End View
        • Roof Marker Lamp Connector End Views
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Connector End Views
        • Trailer Connector End View - Heavy Duty
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Trailer Connector End View
        • Splice Pack (SP410) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack (SP410A) Connector End View
      • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Cargo/Liftgate (All Except Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End Views
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End Views
        • Liftgate Lock Relay Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End Views
        • Window Switch Connector End Views
        • Window Motor Connector End Views
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End Views
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Relay Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C5 (Memory/Heated Seat Switch - Driver)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C5 (Heated Seat Switch - Front Passenger)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End Views
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End Views
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch Connector End Views
        • Seat Lumbar Motor/Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Bolster Motor/Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recliner Motor Connector End Views
        • Seat Recliner Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End Views
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End Views
      • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
      • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views (8.1L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
    • OEM Connector End Views - Rear Parking Assist, Rear Wheel Steering, Seat Belt, Sir, Stationary Windows, Suspension Controls, Theft Deterrent System, Transfer Case Control, Wiper/Washer System
      • Rear Parking Assist Connector End Views
        • Object Sensor Connector End Views
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
      • Rear Wheel Steering Connector End Views
        • Combination Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Steering Mode Select Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Connector End Views
        • Rear Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End Views
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Sensor Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End Views (SIR Coil)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence Module Connector End View
      • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Outside
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
      • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End Views
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End Views
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Cargo Door Key Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Key Switch Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views (Immobilizer)
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views (BW 4482-NR4)
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Connector End View - Encoder Motor
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views (NVG 246-NP8)
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Connector End View - Encoder Motor
      • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
        • Fog/Rear Wiper Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Module Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C3 (Wiper Switch)
        • Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Module Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 6.0L VIN N
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 6.0L VIN N
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems - Power, Ground And Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Component Locator
        • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Inline Harness Connectors
    • Wiring Systems (Diagnostic Information And Procedures)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Upfitter Provision Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Adjustable Pedal System -- C/K SUV
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Adjustable Pedals Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Adjustable Pedals Component Views
        • Adjustable Pedals Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Adjustable Pedals
        • Diagnostic System Check - Adjustable Pedals
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Door Module
          • Driver Seat Module
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3604 or B3605
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3606
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Adjustable Pedals
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Adjustable Pedals Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adjustable Pedals Description and Operation
          • Electric Adjustable Pedals (EAP) System Components
          • Electric Adjustable Pedals (EAP) System Operation
    • Garage Door Opener System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Garage Door Opener Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Garage Door Opener Component Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms - Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motors Common Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Power Fold Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Left Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Right Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3825: Cargo Door/Liftgate Lock Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (With YE9 Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (With YE9 Late Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Front Door (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Rear Door (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/YukonXL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement (DL3, DR4, DL8, 5M1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver, Passenger and Cargo Door Lock System Operation
          • Liftgate Locking Operation
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - No Tools Required, Program All Transmitters
          • Method 2 - Scan Tool Required, Program Individual Transmitter
          • Method 3 - Scan Tool Required, Program All Transmitters
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Button
          • Unlock All Doors (Second Operation)
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Transmitter Resynchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2947: Security System Sensor Power CKT Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948: Security System Sensor Power CKT High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2957: Security System Sensor Data Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958: Security System Sensor Data Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Sec Sys Sensor Data Incorrect but Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: Security System Controller in Learn Mode
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033: Security System Indicates Tamper
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Lost
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Programming Replacement Passlock™ Sensor, BCM, or PCM
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) System
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Telltale
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Door Latch (Door Jamb) Switches
            • Door Key Switch
            • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Module System
            • Off State
            • Idle State
            • Disarmed State
            • Ready-To-Arm State
            • Arm Initiated State
            • Arm Delay State
            • Armed State
            • Alarmed State
            • Remote Panic Alarm/Vehicle Locator State
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the System
            • Notes
            • Disarming the System
            • Deactivating the Alarm
            • Alarm State Activation
            • Return System to Arm Initiated State
            • Ignition Switch Disarm Function
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock™ Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System - Immobilizer System - Some Export Vehicles
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2734: EEPROM Checksum Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: Security System Controller in Learn Mode
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055: No Transponder Modulation or No Transponder
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3060: Unprogrammed Transponder Identification Code Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3935: Transponder Authentication Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630: Theft Deterrent Learn Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure to setup a New Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • 10 Minute Re-Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Security Indicator
          • Radio with Theftlock
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • SECURITY Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • SECURITY Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Collision/Avoidance
    • Rear Parking Assist System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Rear Parking Assist Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Parking Assist Component Views
        • Rear Parking Assist Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Displaying
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Clearing
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Moving
          • Vehicle Stopped
        • Symptoms - Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Parking Assist Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Rear Parking Assist Inoperative - Red Indicator Flashes
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Object Alarm Module Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Information Center Telltale Assembly Replacement (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Information Center Telltale Assembly Replacement (EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Object Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Object Alarm Module Replacement (Yukon XL and Escalade ESV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Object Alarm Module Replacement (Cadillac EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Object Alarm Module Replacement (Yukon Denali and Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Object Detection Description and Operation
  • Communication Devices
    • Body Control System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Control System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Control System Component Views
        • Body Control System Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Control System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1000: ECU Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1004: Keep Alive Memory (KAM) Reset
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007: EEPROM Write Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009: EEPROM Checksum Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1397: Device Voltage Reference Output Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1440: Power Mode Master Input Circuits Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Body Control System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Introduction
          • Programming the BCM
          • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • BCM Functions
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Fail-safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
    • Data Link Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Link Communications Schematic Icons
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Data Link Communications Component Views
        • Data Link Communications Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Link Communications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC U1000: Class 2 Data Link
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001 To U1254: Loss of U1XXX Communications
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305: Class 2 Data Link Shorted
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Data Link Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Data Link Connector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Class 2 Serial Data Line
    • Service Programming System
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connectors
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Diagnostic System Check - Cruise Control
        • Description
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengaged History)
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC P0567: Cruise Control Resume Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0568: Cruise Control Set Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1574: Stoplamp Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Indicator Always On
      • Cruise Control Indicator Inoperative
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
        • Test description
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 6)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 6)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: Global Positioning System (GPS) Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500: Inter-device Dedicated Bus
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Navigation and Cellular Telephone Antenna
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement (Pick-Up)
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 5)
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 6)
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
            • Notes
            • Placing a Call (Generation 6)
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Base/Uplevel Radio - UQ3/UQ5)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Radio - UQ7 w/o Y91 - non Class 2 Amp)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Lux Radio - UQ7 w/ Y91 - Class 2 Amp)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055: Audio [+] Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1235: Amplifier On Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259: Antenna Ground Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1271: Theft Locked
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2815: Steering Wheel Controls Illegal Resistance Value
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Antenna System Test
          • Antenna Checking Procedures
            • Notes
            • Mast Antennas
          • Diversity Antenna System
            • Notes
            • Poor Reception on Both AM and FM Bands
            • Poor Reception on AM Band Only
            • Poor Reception on FM Band Only
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
        • Remote Playback Device Inoperative
        • Remote Playback Device - Audio Noise
        • Remote Playback Device Left or Right Channel Inoperative
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN (W/O UM8)
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN (W/ UM8)
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR (W/O UM8)
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR (W/ UM8)
        • Noise Compensated Volume Inoperative
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers (W/O UM8)
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers (W/ UM8)
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Information
          • All Speakers Inoperative
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
          • Without RPO UQ7
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Video or Audio Distortion
          • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
            • Notes
            • Audio Distortion in the wireless headphones
            • No sound from wireless headphones
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control
        • Video Display is Poor or Blank
          • Video Display is Poor or Blank
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
        • Audio Amplifier Setup
        • Radio Setup (With RPO UM8)
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio Control Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote CD Player Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume Compensator Interior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Radio Antenna Diversity
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Module Cable Replacement (From Radio to Module)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio (Primary)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio (Extension)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Floor Console (Subwoofer Speaker)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front (Windshield Pillar Speaker)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Pillar (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DVD Player Replacement (2nd Row)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DVD Player Replacement (3rd Row)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • Diversity Antenna System
            • Notes
            • Poor Reception on Both AM and FM Bands
            • Poor Reception on AM Band Only
            • Poor Reception on FM Band Only
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX)
          • Remote Playback Device
            • Notes
            • Remote CD Changer (CDX)
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Radio Error Messages
          • Voice Recorder
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
          • XM Satellite Radio
          • Digital Radio Receiver
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Amplifier
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Rear Seat Entertainment System
            • Notes
            • DVD Player
            • DVD Player Buttons
            • Playing a Disc
            • Stopping and Resuming Play
            • Ejecting the Disc
            • DVD Messages
            • Parental Control Button
            • Video Screen
            • Remote Control
            • Remote Control Buttons
            • Battery Replacement
            • Wireless Headphones
            • Stereo RCA Jacks
            • Audio Output
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems (Introduction)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lamp Switch Assembly Replacement - Front Fog Lamp and Cargo Lamp
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Exterior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Ballast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (HID)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Cadillac)
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Except Cadillac)
          • Notes
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
          • Alternate Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running and Fog Lamp Assembly Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Rear Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (W/ Step Bumper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • High Beams
          • Low Beams - Except Escalade with High Intensity Discharge (HID)
          • Low Beams - Escalade w/HID
          • Low Voltage Operation of HID Headlamps
          • Electrical System Requirements with HID
          • Run Up Of The HID Lamp
          • When To Change The HID Bulb
          • Light Color (w/HID)
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Exterior Courtesy Lamps
          • Turn Signal/Hazard Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Cargo Lamps
          • Clearance Lamps
          • Roof Beacon Lamp
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • Reading Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Lighting Systems (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
          • Output Control
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
    • Lighting Systems (DTC B1480 To DTC B3802)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2537
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2550
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
    • Lighting Systems (Symptoms)
      • Troubleshooting
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Cargo Lamp Always On
        • Cargo Lamp Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative (Domestic)
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative (Export)
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Always On
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (Escalade)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (Except Escalade)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Roof Beacon Lamp Always On
        • Roof Beacon Lamp Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
        • Thermo Cooler/Cupholder Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Driver Information Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: Speedometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0560: Tachometer Circuit Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1372: Device Ignition 1 Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Key In Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines):
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0461 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0462 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: Vehicle Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0654: Engine Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2066 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2066 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2067 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2067 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Instrument Cluster Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (Dual Tanks)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (Single Tank)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Hourmeter Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gages Inoperative
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Insulator Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement (Non-Console)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement (Console)
        • Cupholder Replacement (Non-Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement (Platinum)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement (Except Pro)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Replacement - Cupholder - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (w/Console Mounting Bracket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (w/o Console Mounting Bracket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Non-Luxury Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Luxury Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Hourmeter
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Transmission Temperature Gage
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Indicators
          • DIC Warning Messages
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Oil Level
          • Fuel Level Low
          • Ice Possible
          • Oil Life Reset
          • Oil Pressure Low
          • OVERSPEED
          • Program Cluster
          • Shift Indicator
          • Tighten Fuel Cap
          • Vehicle Speed Limited
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Information
            • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Trip Reset Stem
            • Odometer
            • Trip Odometers
            • Timer
          • Fuel Information
            • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Range
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
            • Engine Oil Life
          • Feature Programming
            • Notes
            • Driver Warnings
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Chime
          • Turn Signal Warning
          • Park Brake Chime
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems (Introduction)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lamp Switch Assembly Replacement - Front Fog Lamp and Cargo Lamp
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Exterior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Ballast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (HID)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Cadillac)
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Except Cadillac)
          • Notes
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
          • Alternate Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running and Fog Lamp Assembly Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Rear Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (W/ Step Bumper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • High Beams
          • Low Beams - Except Escalade with High Intensity Discharge (HID)
          • Low Beams - Escalade w/HID
          • Low Voltage Operation of HID Headlamps
          • Electrical System Requirements with HID
          • Run Up Of The HID Lamp
          • When To Change The HID Bulb
          • Light Color (w/HID)
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Exterior Courtesy Lamps
          • Turn Signal/Hazard Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Cargo Lamps
          • Clearance Lamps
          • Roof Beacon Lamp
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • Reading Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Lighting Systems (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
          • Output Control
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
    • Lighting Systems (DTC B1480 To DTC B3802)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2537
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2550
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
    • Lighting Systems (Symptoms)
      • Troubleshooting
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Cargo Lamp Always On
        • Cargo Lamp Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative (Domestic)
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative (Export)
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Always On
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (Escalade)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (Except Escalade)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Roof Beacon Lamp Always On
        • Roof Beacon Lamp Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/ Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752: Horn Relay Coil Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative - One Horn
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/o RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Incomplete
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Incomplete
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Transfer Case Identification
        • Axle Identification - Front
        • Axle Identification - Rear
          • 8.6, 9.5, 10.5, 11.5
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Door Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding IP Storage Compartment Lock Cylinder
          • Console Key
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rails
            • Under the Rear Differential
            • Under the Rear Spring Hanger
          • Jack Stands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Standard)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Standard)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement (With Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement (Without Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Tilt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Standard)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Thrust Washer
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift Standard)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift Standard)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security on Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 6)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 6)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: Global Positioning System (GPS) Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500: Inter-device Dedicated Bus
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Navigation and Cellular Telephone Antenna
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement (Pick-Up)
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 5)
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 6)
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
            • Notes
            • Placing a Call (Generation 6)
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Base/Uplevel Radio - UQ3/UQ5)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Radio - UQ7 w/o Y91 - non Class 2 Amp)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Lux Radio - UQ7 w/ Y91 - Class 2 Amp)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055: Audio [+] Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1235: Amplifier On Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259: Antenna Ground Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1271: Theft Locked
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2815: Steering Wheel Controls Illegal Resistance Value
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Antenna System Test
          • Antenna Checking Procedures
            • Notes
            • Mast Antennas
          • Diversity Antenna System
            • Notes
            • Poor Reception on Both AM and FM Bands
            • Poor Reception on AM Band Only
            • Poor Reception on FM Band Only
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
        • Remote Playback Device Inoperative
        • Remote Playback Device - Audio Noise
        • Remote Playback Device Left or Right Channel Inoperative
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN (W/O UM8)
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN (W/ UM8)
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR (W/O UM8)
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR (W/ UM8)
        • Noise Compensated Volume Inoperative
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers (W/O UM8)
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers (W/ UM8)
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Information
          • All Speakers Inoperative
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
          • Without RPO UQ7
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Video or Audio Distortion
          • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
            • Notes
            • Audio Distortion in the wireless headphones
            • No sound from wireless headphones
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control
        • Video Display is Poor or Blank
          • Video Display is Poor or Blank
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
        • Audio Amplifier Setup
        • Radio Setup (With RPO UM8)
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio Control Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote CD Player Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume Compensator Interior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Radio Antenna Diversity
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Module Cable Replacement (From Radio to Module)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio (Primary)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio (Extension)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Floor Console (Subwoofer Speaker)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front (Windshield Pillar Speaker)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Pillar (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DVD Player Replacement (2nd Row)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DVD Player Replacement (3rd Row)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • Diversity Antenna System
            • Notes
            • Poor Reception on Both AM and FM Bands
            • Poor Reception on AM Band Only
            • Poor Reception on FM Band Only
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX)
          • Remote Playback Device
            • Notes
            • Remote CD Changer (CDX)
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Radio Error Messages
          • Voice Recorder
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
          • XM Satellite Radio
          • Digital Radio Receiver
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Amplifier
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Rear Seat Entertainment System
            • Notes
            • DVD Player
            • DVD Player Buttons
            • Playing a Disc
            • Stopping and Resuming Play
            • Ejecting the Disc
            • DVD Messages
            • Parental Control Button
            • Video Screen
            • Remote Control
            • Remote Control Buttons
            • Battery Replacement
            • Wireless Headphones
            • Stereo RCA Jacks
            • Audio Output
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Navigation Systems
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Navigation System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Navigation System
        • Diagnostic System Check - Navigation System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0004: Vehicle Speed/Distance Traveled Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2462: Global Positioning System (GPS) Signal Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Navigation Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
        • Navigation System - Vehicle Position Indicator Inoperative or Erratic
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antenna Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Navigation System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Navigation System Components
          • Navigation Radio
          • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna
          • GPS Reception
          • Route Guidance
          • Point of Interest (POI)
          • Map DVD
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motors Common Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Power Fold Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Left Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Right Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3825: Cargo Door/Liftgate Lock Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (With YE9 Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (With YE9 Late Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Front Door (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Rear Door (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/YukonXL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement (DL3, DR4, DL8, 5M1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver, Passenger and Cargo Door Lock System Operation
          • Liftgate Locking Operation
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Pickup Cab
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Pickup Box
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door (W/O SS)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Endgate (W/O SS)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Guard/Brush Guard Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Hood Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Fender Rear (Avalanche)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Flare Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Door Body Side (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Door Lower (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Liftgate Upper
          • Removal Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Body Side - Lower Front (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Body Side - Lower Rear (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Side Outer (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Side Outer (EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Side Inner (Avalanche/EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Side Inner (EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Center (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Center (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Flare Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Quarter Panel Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Joint
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Decal and Stripe Replacement
          • Application Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
        • Thermo Cooler/Cupholder Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Driver Information Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: Speedometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0560: Tachometer Circuit Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1372: Device Ignition 1 Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Key In Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines):
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0461 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0462 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: Vehicle Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0654: Engine Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2066 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2066 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2067 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2067 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Instrument Cluster Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (Dual Tanks)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (Single Tank)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Hourmeter Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gages Inoperative
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Insulator Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement (Non-Console)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement (Console)
        • Cupholder Replacement (Non-Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement (Platinum)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement (Except Pro)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Replacement - Cupholder - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (w/Console Mounting Bracket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (w/o Console Mounting Bracket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Non-Luxury Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Luxury Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Hourmeter
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Transmission Temperature Gage
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Indicators
          • DIC Warning Messages
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Oil Level
          • Fuel Level Low
          • Ice Possible
          • Oil Life Reset
          • Oil Pressure Low
          • OVERSPEED
          • Program Cluster
          • Shift Indicator
          • Tighten Fuel Cap
          • Vehicle Speed Limited
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Information
            • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Trip Reset Stem
            • Odometer
            • Trip Odometers
            • Timer
          • Fuel Information
            • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Range
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
            • Engine Oil Life
          • Feature Programming
            • Notes
            • Driver Warnings
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Chime
          • Turn Signal Warning
          • Park Brake Chime
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Third Pillar (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Third Pillar (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Hinge Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems (Introduction)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lamp Switch Assembly Replacement - Front Fog Lamp and Cargo Lamp
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Exterior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Ballast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (HID)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Cadillac)
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Except Cadillac)
          • Notes
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
          • Alternate Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running and Fog Lamp Assembly Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Rear Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (W/ Step Bumper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • High Beams
          • Low Beams - Except Escalade with High Intensity Discharge (HID)
          • Low Beams - Escalade w/HID
          • Low Voltage Operation of HID Headlamps
          • Electrical System Requirements with HID
          • Run Up Of The HID Lamp
          • When To Change The HID Bulb
          • Light Color (w/HID)
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Exterior Courtesy Lamps
          • Turn Signal/Hazard Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Cargo Lamps
          • Clearance Lamps
          • Roof Beacon Lamp
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • Reading Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Lighting Systems (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
          • Output Control
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
    • Lighting Systems (DTC B1480 To DTC B3802)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2537
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2550
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
    • Lighting Systems (Symptoms)
      • Troubleshooting
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Cargo Lamp Always On
        • Cargo Lamp Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative (Domestic)
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative (Export)
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Always On
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (Escalade)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (Except Escalade)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Roof Beacon Lamp Always On
        • Roof Beacon Lamp Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
  • Memory Modules
    • Adjustable Pedal System -- C/K SUV
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Adjustable Pedals Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Adjustable Pedals Component Views
        • Adjustable Pedals Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Adjustable Pedals
        • Diagnostic System Check - Adjustable Pedals
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Door Module
          • Driver Seat Module
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3604 or B3605
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3606
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Adjustable Pedals
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Adjustable Pedals Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adjustable Pedals Description and Operation
          • Electric Adjustable Pedals (EAP) System Components
          • Electric Adjustable Pedals (EAP) System Operation
    • Personalization System
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Notes
          • Programmable Locking Feature
          • Programmable Unlocking Feature
        • Driver Personalization
          • Memory Seat Programming
          • Easy Exit Seat Programming
          • Programming Features with the Driver Information Center
            • Notes
            • Automatic Locking/Automatic Unlocking
            • Remote Activation Verification
            • Headlamp Delay
            • Perimeter Lighting
            • Seat Position Recall
            • Easy Exit Seat
            • Curb View Assist
            • Alarm Warning Type
            • Display Language
            • Display Units (ENG/MET)
            • Exit Programming
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motors Common Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Power Fold Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Left Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Right Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3825: Cargo Door/Liftgate Lock Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (With YE9 Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (With YE9 Late Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Front Door (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Rear Door (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/YukonXL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement (DL3, DR4, DL8, 5M1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver, Passenger and Cargo Door Lock System Operation
          • Liftgate Locking Operation
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/ Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
        • Rear Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module
          • Driver Door Module
          • Passenger Door Module
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, B1820, B1830, B1835, B1840, B1845, B1940, or B1945: Seat Adjust Switch Stuck ON
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1770, B1775, B1780, B1785, B1790, B1805, or B2415: Seat Motor Overcurrent
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1825: Seat Recline Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1850, B1860, B1960, B2355, B2365, or B2375: Seat Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2425 or B2430: Seat Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2435 or B2440: Seat Back Heater Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3941: Front Seat Heaters Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3962: Seat Motor Overcurrent
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/Memory)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (w/Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (w/Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (w/Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (w/Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (w/o Memory)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (w/Memory)
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (w/o Memory)
        • Heated/Cooled Seats Inoperative
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Switch Indicator Malfunction
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On - Rear
        • Heated Seat Inoperative - Rear
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front (W/O ULT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front (W/ULT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge/Recliner Mechanism Replace - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated and Cooled Seat Switch Replacement (Front-Platinum Models)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated and Cooled Seat Switch Replacement (Rear-Platinum Models)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Seat Climate Control - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filter Replacement - Front Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filter Replacement - Front Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Front Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Front Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Non-Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Folding)
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 1 (60/40 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 1 (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (50/50 Split - 60/40 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear Folding
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Seat Climate Control - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filter Replacement - Rear Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filter Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Rear Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat (60/40 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Release Cable Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 2 - 50-50
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Riser Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2 (Bench Front Latch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Riser Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2 (Bench Rear Latch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Lumbar Support/Torso Bolster System Components
          • Lumbar Support/Torso Bolster System Operation
        • Heated/Cooled Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • System Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation (Front)
          • Heated Seat Components
          • Heated Seat System Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Description
          • Memory Set/Recall Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Standard)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Standard)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement (With Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement (Without Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Tilt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Standard)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Thrust Washer
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift Standard)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift Standard)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security on Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic System Check - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760, or C0765: Low Tire Pressure Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0775: Low Tire Pressure System Sensors Not Learned
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Control Module Setup
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM) Setup
          • TPM System Enable
          • Tire Type/Pressure Selection
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Replacement (Clamp In Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Valve Stem Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Learn
          • Tools
          • TPM Learn Mode Description
          • Sensor Function Using the Pressure Increase/Decrease method
          • Sensor Functions using J-46079
          • TPM Learn Mode Cancellation
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motors Common Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Power Fold Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Left Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Right Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3825: Cargo Door/Liftgate Lock Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (With YE9 Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (With YE9 Late Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Front Door (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Rear Door (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/YukonXL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement (DL3, DR4, DL8, 5M1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver, Passenger and Cargo Door Lock System Operation
          • Liftgate Locking Operation
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/ Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
          • Test Description
        • Washer Inoperative - Rear
        • Wiper Always On - Rear
        • Wiper Inoperative - Rear
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump/Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Transmission Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wiper Arm Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blade Element Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper/Washer Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Wiper/Washer System Operation
          • Check Washer Fluid Message
        • Rear Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motors Common Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Power Fold Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Left Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Right Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3825: Cargo Door/Liftgate Lock Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (With YE9 Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (With YE9 Late Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Front Door (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Rear Door (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/YukonXL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement (DL3, DR4, DL8, 5M1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver, Passenger and Cargo Door Lock System Operation
          • Liftgate Locking Operation
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - No Tools Required, Program All Transmitters
          • Method 2 - Scan Tool Required, Program Individual Transmitter
          • Method 3 - Scan Tool Required, Program All Transmitters
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Button
          • Unlock All Doors (Second Operation)
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Transmitter Resynchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2947: Security System Sensor Power CKT Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948: Security System Sensor Power CKT High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2957: Security System Sensor Data Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958: Security System Sensor Data Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Sec Sys Sensor Data Incorrect but Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: Security System Controller in Learn Mode
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033: Security System Indicates Tamper
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Lost
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Programming Replacement Passlock™ Sensor, BCM, or PCM
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) System
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Telltale
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Door Latch (Door Jamb) Switches
            • Door Key Switch
            • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Module System
            • Off State
            • Idle State
            • Disarmed State
            • Ready-To-Arm State
            • Arm Initiated State
            • Arm Delay State
            • Armed State
            • Alarmed State
            • Remote Panic Alarm/Vehicle Locator State
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the System
            • Notes
            • Disarming the System
            • Deactivating the Alarm
            • Alarm State Activation
            • Return System to Arm Initiated State
            • Ignition Switch Disarm Function
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock™ Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System - Immobilizer System - Some Export Vehicles
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2734: EEPROM Checksum Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: Security System Controller in Learn Mode
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055: No Transponder Modulation or No Transponder
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3060: Unprogrammed Transponder Identification Code Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3935: Transponder Authentication Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630: Theft Deterrent Learn Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure to setup a New Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • 10 Minute Re-Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Security Indicator
          • Radio with Theftlock
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • SECURITY Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • SECURITY Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Support Replacement - Radiator Grille Reinforcement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Bar Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mounting Bracket Replacement - Air Cleaner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Plenum Water Flow Direction and Cleaning
          • Plenum Chamber and Drain Valve-Cleaning
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Cargo Area Water Management System Identification
        • Body Rear End Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Diagnostic System Check - Body Rear End
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Cargo Door Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Cargo Door Ajar Indicator Inoperative
        • Liftgate Ajar Indicator Malfunction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Latch Replacement - Removable Rear Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Removable Rear - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Removable Rear Panel - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Duct Replacement - Body Side Rear Quarter Drain (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Box Front Gutter Side Drain Replacement - A Cup
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Box Rear Gutter Side Drain Replacement - B Cup
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Box Gutter Side Drain Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Opening Frame Drain Valve Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Opening Frame Drain Valve Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Opening Frame Midgate Drain Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Opening Frame Load Floor Grate Drain Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Trim Plate Replacement - Rear (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Protector Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Inner Panel Extension Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spoiler Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Liftgate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Endgate Adjustment
        • Endgate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Cargo Door - Upper Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Cargo Door - Lower Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Liftgate Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Cargo Box Stowage Box (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Box Replacement - Cargo Stowage (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lid Replacement - Cargo Box Stowage Box
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Rod and Outside Handle Replace - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Control Handle Replacement - Left Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Endgate (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linkage Replacement - Endgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Endgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Door (Cargo Door Lower)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Door (Cargo Door Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Door (Cargo Door)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Door (Liftgate)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Endgate (Tahoe/Yukon Adjustment)
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Endgate (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Replacement - Body Mounted Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door (Cargo Door)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Endgate (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grate Replacement - Load Floor Water Management (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Endgate (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Compartment Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Midgate - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Midgate - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cargo Door Description and Operation
        • Liftgate Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Cargo Area Water Flow Direction and Cleaning of the Drains
          • Cargo Panels Drain/Seal - Cleaning
          • Top Drain Grates - Cleaning
          • Side Rail Channels - Cleaning
          • Mid Gate Drain - Cleaning
          • Cargo Area Floor Drains
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Air Deflector Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Bumper Cap
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Replacement - Front (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Filler Replacement - Front Side (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Front Bumper (2500)
        • Bracket Replacement - Front Bumper (1500)
        • Brace Replacement - Front Bumper (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Step Pad Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Step Pad Replacement - Top Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Step Pad Replacement - Center Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Step Pad Replacement - Side Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motors Common Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Power Fold Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Left Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Right Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3825: Cargo Door/Liftgate Lock Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (With YE9 Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (With YE9 Late Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Front Door (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Rear Door (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/YukonXL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement (DL3, DR4, DL8, 5M1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver, Passenger and Cargo Door Lock System Operation
          • Liftgate Locking Operation
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Pickup Cab
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Pickup Box
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door (W/O SS)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Endgate (W/O SS)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Guard/Brush Guard Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Hood Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Fender Rear (Avalanche)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Flare Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Door Body Side (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Door Lower (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Liftgate Upper
          • Removal Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Body Side - Lower Front (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Body Side - Lower Rear (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Side Outer (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Side Outer (EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Side Inner (Avalanche/EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Side Inner (EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Center (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Center (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Flare Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Quarter Panel Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Joint
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Decal and Stripe Replacement
          • Application Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
        • Thermo Cooler/Cupholder Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Driver Information Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: Speedometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0560: Tachometer Circuit Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1372: Device Ignition 1 Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Key In Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines):
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0461 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0462 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: Vehicle Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0654: Engine Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2066 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2066 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2067 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2067 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Instrument Cluster Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (Dual Tanks)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (Single Tank)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Hourmeter Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gages Inoperative
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Insulator Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement (Non-Console)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement (Console)
        • Cupholder Replacement (Non-Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement (Platinum)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement (Except Pro)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Replacement - Cupholder - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (w/Console Mounting Bracket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (w/o Console Mounting Bracket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Non-Luxury Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Luxury Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Hourmeter
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Transmission Temperature Gage
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Indicators
          • DIC Warning Messages
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Oil Level
          • Fuel Level Low
          • Ice Possible
          • Oil Life Reset
          • Oil Pressure Low
          • OVERSPEED
          • Program Cluster
          • Shift Indicator
          • Tighten Fuel Cap
          • Vehicle Speed Limited
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Information
            • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Trip Reset Stem
            • Odometer
            • Trip Odometers
            • Timer
          • Fuel Information
            • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Range
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
            • Engine Oil Life
          • Feature Programming
            • Notes
            • Driver Warnings
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Chime
          • Turn Signal Warning
          • Park Brake Chime
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Third Pillar (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Third Pillar (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Hinge Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame & Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crossmember Replacement - Front Engine (2WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crossmember Replacement - Front Engine (4WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Brace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailer Hitch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tow Hook Replacement (15 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tow Hook Replacement (25/35 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Step Replacement (Denali/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Step Replacement (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Step Replacement (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Protection Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Damaged Cage Nut Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/o RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Incomplete
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Incomplete
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Transfer Case Identification
        • Axle Identification - Front
        • Axle Identification - Rear
          • 8.6, 9.5, 10.5, 11.5
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Door Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding IP Storage Compartment Lock Cylinder
          • Console Key
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rails
            • Under the Rear Differential
            • Under the Rear Spring Hanger
          • Jack Stands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Standard)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Standard)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement (With Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement (Without Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Tilt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Standard)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Thrust Washer
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift Standard)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift Standard)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security on Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motors Common Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Power Fold Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Left Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Right Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3825: Cargo Door/Liftgate Lock Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (With YE9 Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (With YE9 Late Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Front Door (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Rear Door (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/YukonXL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement (DL3, DR4, DL8, 5M1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver, Passenger and Cargo Door Lock System Operation
          • Liftgate Locking Operation
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/ Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
        • Rear Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module
          • Driver Door Module
          • Passenger Door Module
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, B1820, B1830, B1835, B1840, B1845, B1940, or B1945: Seat Adjust Switch Stuck ON
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1770, B1775, B1780, B1785, B1790, B1805, or B2415: Seat Motor Overcurrent
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1825: Seat Recline Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1850, B1860, B1960, B2355, B2365, or B2375: Seat Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2425 or B2430: Seat Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2435 or B2440: Seat Back Heater Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3941: Front Seat Heaters Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3962: Seat Motor Overcurrent
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/Memory)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (w/Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (w/Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (w/Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (w/Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (w/o Memory)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (w/Memory)
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (w/o Memory)
        • Heated/Cooled Seats Inoperative
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Switch Indicator Malfunction
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On - Rear
        • Heated Seat Inoperative - Rear
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front (W/O ULT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front (W/ULT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge/Recliner Mechanism Replace - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated and Cooled Seat Switch Replacement (Front-Platinum Models)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated and Cooled Seat Switch Replacement (Rear-Platinum Models)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Seat Climate Control - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filter Replacement - Front Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filter Replacement - Front Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Front Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Front Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Non-Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Folding)
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 1 (60/40 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 1 (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (50/50 Split - 60/40 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear Folding
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Seat Climate Control - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filter Replacement - Rear Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filter Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Rear Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat (60/40 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Release Cable Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 2 - 50-50
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Riser Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2 (Bench Front Latch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Riser Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2 (Bench Rear Latch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Lumbar Support/Torso Bolster System Components
          • Lumbar Support/Torso Bolster System Operation
        • Heated/Cooled Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • System Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation (Front)
          • Heated Seat Components
          • Heated Seat System Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Description
          • Memory Set/Recall Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Sunroof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
        • Power Roof Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Sunroof
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Open to Express Position
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Synchronization
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Connecting Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Drain Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Finishing Lace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement (All Except Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Slats Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Power Sunroof Operation
          • Express Open
          • To Close
          • To Vent Open
          • Sunroof Motor
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motors Common Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Power Fold Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Left Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Right Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3825: Cargo Door/Liftgate Lock Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (With YE9 Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (With YE9 Late Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Front Door (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Rear Door (Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/YukonXL/Avalanche/Escld EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement (DL3, DR4, DL8, 5M1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver, Passenger and Cargo Door Lock System Operation
          • Liftgate Locking Operation
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/ Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS (W/O JL4)
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS (W/JL4)
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls (W/O JL4 or NW7)
        • Scan Tool Output Controls (W/JL4)
        • Scan Tool Output Controls (W/NW7)
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0035 or C0040: Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0045 or C0050: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0110: Pump Motor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0131: Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161: Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Brake Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0186: Lateral Accelerometer Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0196: Yaw Rate Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0201: Antilock Brake System (ABS) Enable Relay Contact Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0220: Left Front Antilock Brake System (ABS) Channel in Release Too Long
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0221, C0222, C0223, C0224, C0225, C0226, C0227 (W/O JL4): Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0221 and C0225
            • C0222, C0223, C0226 and C0227
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0221 and C0225
            • C0222 and C0226
            • C0223 and C0227
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0221, C0225
            • C0222, C0223, C0226, and C0227
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0221, C0222, C0223, C0224, C0225, C0226, C0227 (W/JL4): Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0228: Left Rear Antilock Brake System (ABS) Channel in Release
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0229 (W/JL4): Right Rear Antilock Brake System (ABS) Channel in Release Too Long
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0229 (W/O JL4): Simultaneous Drop Out of Front Wheel Speed Signals
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0235, C0236, C0237 or P0609: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0235
            • C0236 and C0237
            • P0609
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0235
            • C0236
            • C0237
            • P0609
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0238: Wheel Speed Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0240: Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Traction Control Not Allowed
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0241, C0242, C0243: EBCM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0241 and C0242
            • C0243
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0244 (W/O JL4): EBCM Control Valve Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0244 (W/JL4): Pulse Width Modulated (PCM) Delivered Torque
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0245 (W/JL4): Wheel Speed Sensor Frequency Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0245 (W/O JL4): EBCM Control Valve Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0246, C0247, C0248, C0249, C0250, C0251, C0252, C0253, C0254: EBCM Control Valve Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0246, C0251, C0252, C0253 and C0254
            • C0247 and C0248
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0265 or C0266: EBCM Motor Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0267 or C0268: Pump Motor Circuit Open Or Shorted
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0269 or C0274: Excessive Dump Time Or Excessive Isolation Time
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0269
            • C0274
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0271, C0272, C0273, C0284: EBCM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0279 (W/O JL4): Powertrain Configuration not Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0279 (W/JL4): Pre-Charge Pump Circuit Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0281: Stoplamp Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0283 (W/JL4): Mode Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Two wheel drive or all wheel drive vehicles
            • Four wheel drive vehicles with selectable 4 LO
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0283 (W/O JL4): Mode Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0287, P1644, or P1689: Delivered Torque Signal Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0287
            • P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0290 or C0292 (W/O JL4): Lost Communications With PCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0290 or C0292 (W/JL4): VSES Combination Sensor Circuits
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0291: Lost Communications With BCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0297: Powertrain Configuration Data Not Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0298 or P0856: Traction Control Torque Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
            • C0298
            • P0856
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0298
            • P0856
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0298
            • P0856
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0298
            • P0856
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0455: Front Steering Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0472 or C0473: Steering Handwheel Speed Sensor Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0558: Calibration Data Not Programmed
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Stability System Disabled Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control System Poor Performance
          • Circuit Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Poor Performance
          • Circuit Description
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Hydraulic Testing
          • Notes
          • Dump and Isolation Valve Testing
          • Brake Pressure Application Testing (W/JL4)
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure (w/o JL4)
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure (W/JL4)
          • Notes
          • Pre-charge Bleed
          • Automated Bleed
        • Yaw Rate Reference Table Reset Procedure
          • Circuit Description
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement (w/ JL4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement (w/o JL4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement (w/ JL4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement (w/o JL4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Pre-Charge Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front (2WD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front (4WD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Ring Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (Stabilitrak)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (Traction Control )
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation (W/JL4)
          • Notes
          • Antilock Brake System (ABS)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Hold
            • Pressure Decrease
            • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS)
            • Notes
            • Engine torque reduction
            • Brake pressure application
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
          • System Pre-Fill
          • Precharge Pump
          • Power-up Self-Test
          • VSES Sensors Initialization
          • ECE 13 Response
          • Driver Information Indicators and Messages
            • Notes
            • Brake Warning Indicator
            • ABS Indicator
            • Traction Off Indicator
            • Service Brake System Message
            • Stability System Active Message
            • Stability System Disabled Message
            • Service Stability System Message
            • Traction Active Message
        • ABS Description and Operation (W/O JL4)
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS)
          • ECE 13 Response
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control Indicators (w/NW7)
            • Traction Active
            • Traction Off
          • Programming the Traction Control Automatic Engagement Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Burnishing Pads and Rotors
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Rear (1500 Series)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Rear (2500 Series)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Rear (15 Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Rear (25 Series)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Rear (W/O NYS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Rear (W/NYS)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Rear (W/NYS)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Rear (W/O NYS)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Splash Shield Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Backing Plate Replacement - Rear (W/O NYS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Backing Plate Replacement - Rear (15 Series W/NYS)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - On-Vehicle Lathe
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Brake Warning System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brakes Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brakes Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Brakes Self Apply When Turning Steering Wheel
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
        • Hydraulic Brake Assist System Noise Inspection
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Combination Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear (Caliper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear (Jounce (W/O JL4))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear (Jounce (W/JL4))
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Hydraulic Brake Booster Replacement
          • Notes
          • Checking and Adding Fluid
          • Bleeding the Hydraulic Booster System
          • Flushing the Hydraulic Booster System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake Booster Accumulator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • Service Brake System Message
          • Supplemental Brake Assist
            • Notes
            • Reduced Brake Power
            • Service Brake Booster
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation (Hydraulic Assist)
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
      • Park Brake Shoe Inspection
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Shoe Replacement (Except RPO NYS, 25 Series)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Shoe Replacement (RPO NYS)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Shoe Replacement (25 Series)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Release Handle Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Intermediate
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Left Rear (without RPO NYS)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Left Rear (with RPO NYS)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Right Rear (without RPO NYS)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Right Rear (with RPO NYS)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Equalizer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Mounting Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Guide Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Actuator Replacement (15 Series)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Actuator Replacement (25 Series)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment
        • Park Brake Shoe Adjustment
        • Park Brake Pedal Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
        • System Component Description
        • System Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Antilock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • ABS Schematic Icons
      • ABS Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • ABS Component Views
      • ABS Connectors
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
      • Diagnostic System Check - ABS (W/O JL4)
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - ABS (W/JL4)
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls (W/O JL4 or NW7)
      • Scan Tool Output Controls (W/JL4)
      • Scan Tool Output Controls (W/NW7)
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC C0035 or C0040: Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0045 or C0050: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0110: Pump Motor Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0131: Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0161: Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Brake Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0186: Lateral Accelerometer Circuit Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0196: Yaw Rate Circuit Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0201: Antilock Brake System (ABS) Enable Relay Contact Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0220: Left Front Antilock Brake System (ABS) Channel in Release Too Long
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0221, C0222, C0223, C0224, C0225, C0226, C0227 (W/O JL4): Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C0221 and C0225
          • C0222, C0223, C0226 and C0227
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0221 and C0225
          • C0222 and C0226
          • C0223 and C0227
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • C0221, C0225
          • C0222, C0223, C0226, and C0227
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0221, C0222, C0223, C0224, C0225, C0226, C0227 (W/JL4): Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0228: Left Rear Antilock Brake System (ABS) Channel in Release
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0229 (W/JL4): Right Rear Antilock Brake System (ABS) Channel in Release Too Long
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0229 (W/O JL4): Simultaneous Drop Out of Front Wheel Speed Signals
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0235, C0236, C0237 or P0609: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C0235
          • C0236 and C0237
          • P0609
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0235
          • C0236
          • C0237
          • P0609
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0238: Wheel Speed Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0240: Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Traction Control Not Allowed
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0241, C0242, C0243: EBCM Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • C0241 and C0242
          • C0243
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0244 (W/O JL4): EBCM Control Valve Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0244 (W/JL4): Pulse Width Modulated (PCM) Delivered Torque
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0245 (W/JL4): Wheel Speed Sensor Frequency Error
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0245 (W/O JL4): EBCM Control Valve Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0246, C0247, C0248, C0249, C0250, C0251, C0252, C0253, C0254: EBCM Control Valve Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • C0246, C0251, C0252, C0253 and C0254
          • C0247 and C0248
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0265 or C0266: EBCM Motor Relay Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • C0265
          • C0266
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • Notes
          • C0265
          • C0266
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0267 or C0268: Pump Motor Circuit Open Or Shorted
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0269 or C0274: Excessive Dump Time Or Excessive Isolation Time
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0269
          • C0274
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0271, C0272, C0273, C0284: EBCM Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0279 (W/O JL4): Powertrain Configuration not Valid
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0279 (W/JL4): Pre-Charge Pump Circuit Performance
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0281: Stoplamp Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0283 (W/JL4): Mode Switch Circuit Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Two wheel drive or all wheel drive vehicles
          • Four wheel drive vehicles with selectable 4 LO
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0283 (W/O JL4): Mode Switch Circuit Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0287, P1644, or P1689: Delivered Torque Signal Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0287
          • P1689
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0290 or C0292 (W/O JL4): Lost Communications With PCM
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0290 or C0292 (W/JL4): VSES Combination Sensor Circuits
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0291: Lost Communications With BCM
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0297: Powertrain Configuration Data Not Received
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0298 or P0856: Traction Control Torque Request Circuit
        • Circuit Description
          • C0298
          • P0856
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C0298
          • P0856
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0298
          • P0856
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • C0298
          • P0856
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • C0298
          • P1571
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C0298
          • P1571
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0455: Front Steering Position Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0472 or C0473: Steering Handwheel Speed Sensor Signal Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0558: Calibration Data Not Programmed
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for clearing the DTC
      • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • ABS Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Stability System Disabled Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Traction Off Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Traction Control System Poor Performance
        • Circuit Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Poor Performance
        • Circuit Description
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Hydraulic Testing
        • Notes
        • Dump and Isolation Valve Testing
        • Brake Pressure Application Testing (W/JL4)
    • Repair Instructions
      • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure (w/o JL4)
      • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure (W/JL4)
        • Notes
        • Pre-charge Bleed
        • Automated Bleed
      • Yaw Rate Reference Table Reset Procedure
        • Circuit Description
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement (w/ JL4)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement (w/o JL4)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement (w/ JL4)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement (w/o JL4)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Pre-Charge Pump Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front (2WD)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front (4WD)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Ring Replacement - Rear
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement (Stabilitrak)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement (Traction Control )
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • ABS Description and Operation (W/JL4)
        • Notes
        • Antilock Brake System (ABS)
          • Notes
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
          • Notes
          • Engine torque reduction
          • Brake pressure application
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
        • System Pre-Fill
        • Precharge Pump
        • Power-up Self-Test
        • VSES Sensors Initialization
        • ECE 13 Response
        • Driver Information Indicators and Messages
          • Notes
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Off Indicator
          • Service Brake System Message
          • Stability System Active Message
          • Stability System Disabled Message
          • Service Stability System Message
          • Traction Active Message
      • ABS Description and Operation (W/O JL4)
        • Notes
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Antilock Brake System
        • Pressure Hold
        • Pressure Decrease
        • Pressure Increase
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • ECE 13 Response
        • Brake Warning Indicator
        • ABS Indicator
        • Traction Control Indicators (w/NW7)
          • Traction Active
          • Traction Off
        • Programming the Traction Control Automatic Engagement Feature
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Symptoms - Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Cover Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • Drive Axle - Limited-Slip Differential
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Thrust Block Sizes (Locking)
      • Component Locator
        • Limited Slip Differential Disassembled Views
        • Locking Differential Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
        • Symptoms - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Limited Slip Differential Diagnosis
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks in Turns
        • Limited Slip Differential Chatters in Turns
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters in Turns
        • Noise in Addition to Normal Clutch Engagement
      • Repair Instructions
        • Limited Slip Differential Disassemble
        • Locking Differential Disassemble (8.6, 9.5 Inch Axles)
        • Locking Differential Disassemble (10.5 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Disassemble (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Disassemble (9.5 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Disassemble (10.5 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Disassemble (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Disassemble (9.5 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Disassemble (10.5 Inch Axle)
        • Limited Slip Differential Cleaning and Inspection
        • Locking Differential Cleaning and Inspection
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Assemble (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Assemble (9.5 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Assemble (10.5 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Assemble (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Assemble (9.5 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Assemble (10.5 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Adjustment (8.6 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment of the Differential
          • Left Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Right Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Thrust Block Clearance Adjustment
        • Locking Differential Adjustment (9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment of the Differential
          • Left Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Right Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Thrust Block Clearance Adjustment
        • Locking Differential Adjustment (10.5 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment of the Differential
          • Left Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Right Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Thrust Block Clearance Adjustment
        • Limited Slip Differential Assemble
        • Locking Differential Assemble (8.6, 9.5 Inch Axles)
        • Locking Differential Assemble (10.5 Inch Axle)
      • Description and Operation
        • Locking Differential Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Limited-Slip Function
          • Locking Function
          • Locking Differential Torque-Limiting Disc
        • Limited Slip Differential Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Front Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Axle Preload and Backlash Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Front Drive Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Front Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Front Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Noise Diagnosis
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Front Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock at Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Front Drive Axle (Straight)
          • Straight Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Wear (Minor)
          • Wear (Major)
          • Brinelling
          • Indentations
          • Single Edge Pitting
          • Double Edge Pitting
          • Misalignment
          • Frettage
          • Smears
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Front Drive Axle (Tapered)
          • Tapered Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Abrasive Roller Wear
          • Abrasive Step Wear
          • Galling
          • Etching
          • Bent Cage
          • Cage Wear
          • Indentations
          • Frettage
          • Smears
          • Stain Discoloration
          • Heat Discoloration
          • Misalignment
          • Cracked Inner Race
          • Fatigue Spalling
          • Brinelling
        • Front Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining the Cause
            • Notes
            • Oil Seals
            • Sealing Surfaces
            • Differential Carrier Assembly
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Front Drive Axle
        • Lubricant Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electric Motor Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Connector Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Shaft and/or Housing Replacement - Front Drive Axle (8.25 S4WD and 9.25 Axles)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Shaft and/or Housing Replacement - Front Drive Axle (8.25 F4WD Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clutch Fork Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clutch Fork Inspection - Front Drive Axle
        • Clutch Shaft Bearing Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Axle Seal and/or Bearing Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Axle Shaft Shim Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Alternate Adjustment Method
        • Differential Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke, Seal, and Dust Deflector Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Bushing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement (15 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement (25 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Disassemble (9.25 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Disassemble (8.25 Inch Axles)
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Differential Case Assembly Disassemble (8.25 Inch Axle)
        • Differential Case Assembly Disassemble (9.25 Inch Axle)
        • Differential Case Bearings Inspection
        • Differential Case and Gears Inspection
        • Pinion and Ring Gear Inspection
        • Thrust Washers, Shims, and Adjuster Sleeves Inspection
        • Differential Case Assembly Assemble (8.25 Inch Axle)
        • Differential Case Assembly Assemble (9.25 Inch Axle)
        • Pinion Bearing Cup Installation (8.25 Inch Axle w/J 45858)
        • Pinion Bearing Cup Installation (9.25 Inch Axle w/J 45754)
        • Pinion Bearing Cup Installation (8.25/9.25 Inch Axles w/J 36598)
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Assemble
        • Backlash Inspection and Adjustment
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Final Assembly (8.25 F4WD Axle)
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Final Assembly (8.25 S4WD and 9.25 Axles)
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Inspection
          • Notes
          • Gear Tooth Nomenclature
          • Adjustments Affecting Tooth Contact
            • Notes
            • Pinion Depth Adjustment
            • Backlash Adjustment
          • Testing Procedure
          • Correct Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
            • Service Hints
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Drive Axle Description and Operation
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Axle Description and Operation
          • Full-Time Four Wheel Drive (F4WD) Front Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Rear Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Differential Adjustment Shim Specifications
        • Axle Preload and Backlash Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Rear Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Rear Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Rear Axle Noise
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock at Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Rear Drive Axle (Tapered)
          • Tapered Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Abrasive Roller Wear
          • Abrasive Step Wear
          • Galling
          • Etching
          • Bent Cage
          • Cage Wear
          • Indentations
          • Frettage
          • Smears
          • Stain Discoloration
          • Heat Discoloration
          • Misalignment
          • Cracked Inner Race
          • Fatigue Spalling
          • Brinelling
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Rear Drive Axle (Straight)
          • Straight Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Wear (Minor)
          • Wear (Major)
          • Brinelling
          • Indentations
          • Single Edge Pitting
          • Double Edge Pitting
          • Misalignment
          • Frettage
          • Smears
        • Rear Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining the Cause
            • Notes
            • Oil Seals
            • Gaskets
            • Rear Axle Housing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Rear Drive Axle (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Rear Drive Axle (9.5, 10.5 Inch Axle)
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Rear Drive Axle (9.75 Inch Axle)
        • Lubricant Replacement - Rear Drive Axle (8.6 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lubricant Replacement - Rear Drive Axle (9.5, 10.5 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lubricant Replacement - Rear Drive Axle (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Cover and Gasket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Replacement (8.6 Inch Axle W/O JL4, 9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Replacement (8.6 Inch Axle W/JL4)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Replacement (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Seal Replacement - Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Seal Replacement - Inner
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Seal and/or Bearing Replacement (8.6 Inch Axle W/O JL4, 9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Seal and/or Bearing Replacement (8.6 Inch Axle W/JL4)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft and/or Gasket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Hub, Bearing, Cup, and/or Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke and/or Oil Seal Replacement (All Except 9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke and/or Oil Seal Replacement (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Housing and/or Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Replacement (8.6 Inch, 9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Replacement (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Replacement (10.5 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Bearings Replacement (8.6, 9.5 Inch Axles)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Bearings Replacement (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Bearings Replacement (10.5 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement (8.6 Inch, 9.5 Inch Axles)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement (10.5 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Side Bearings Replacement (All Except 9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Side Bearings Replacement (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Replacement (15 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Replacement (25 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Replacement (25 Series w/ RPO NYS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Replacement (All Except 9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Replacement (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Overhaul (9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Overhaul (10.5 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Overhaul (8.6 Inch Axle)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Bearings Inspection
        • Differential Inspection
        • Pinion and Ring Gear Inspection
        • Rear Axle Housing Inspection
        • Shims Inspection
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment (8.6 Inch, 9.5 Inch Axles)
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment (9.75 Inch Axle)
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment (10.5 Inch Axle)
        • Determining Total Shim Pack Size
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment (8.6 Inch Axle)
          • Wedge Method
          • Shim Method
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment (9.5 Inch Axle)
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Measurement and Adjustment Procedure
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment (10.5 Inch Axle)
        • Wheel Bearing Adjustment
          • Preliminary Inspection
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Backlash Adjustment (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Backlash Adjustment (9.75 Inch Axle)
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Inspection
          • Notes
          • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Identification
          • Gear Tooth Nomenclature
          • Adjustments Affecting Tooth Contact
            • Notes
            • Backlash Adjustment
            • Pinion Depth Adjustment
          • Testing Procedure
          • Correct Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
            • Service Hints
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • High Flank Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Low Flank Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Drive Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Driveshaft & Universal Joints
    • Propeller Shaft And Universal Joints
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Driveline Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Propeller Shaft
        • Symptoms - Propeller Shaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Leak at Front Slip Yoke
        • Universal Joint Noise
        • Ping, Snap, or Click Noise
        • Knock or Clunk Noise
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
        • Shudder on Acceleration at Low Speed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Universal Joint Replacement - Nylon Injected Ring
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Universal Joint Replacement - External Snap Ring
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Propeller Shaft Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Front Propeller Shaft Description
          • One-Piece Propeller Shaft Description
          • Propeller Shaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
          • Center Bearing Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - 12 Volt
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views - Abs, Adjustable Pedals, Automatic Level Control SUSP, Automatic Transmission, Shift Lock Control, Body Control System, Body Rear End, Cellular Communication, Cruise Control, Data Link Communications, Electrical Center
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End Views
        • Precharge Pump Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End Views
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End Views
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End Views
        • YAW and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View
      • Adjustable Pedals Connector End Views
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View
      • Automatic Level Control Suspension Connector End Views
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Relay Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Air Compressor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View (4L60-E/4L65-E)
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View (4L80-E/4L85-E)
        • Inline Harness Connector C103 Connector End View, Engine Side
        • Inline Harness Connector End View - Transmission Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views (4L60-E/4L65-E)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views (4L80-E/4L85-E)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views (4L60-E/4L65-E)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View, Column Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views (4L80-E/4L85-E)
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed (AT ISS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Output Shaft Speed (AT OSS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View, Column Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • Transmission Shift Lock Control Actuator Connector End View
      • Body Control System Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End Views
      • Body Rear End Connector End Views
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - Right Cargo
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End Views
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
      • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End Views
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C4
      • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Electrical Center Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Underhood
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Left I/P
        • Relay Block Connector End Views - Body
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Right I/P
        • Junction Block Connector End Views - Rear Lamps
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views - Engine Controls, Engine Electrical, Entertainment, Garage Door Opener, Horns, HVAC, Hydraulic Brakes
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (4.3L, 5.3L, 6.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Composition Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End Views
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End Views
        • Fuel Pump (FP) Relay Connector End View - Secondary (w/Dual Tanks)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End Views
        • Ignition Coil Connector End Views
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensors (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End Views
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (8.1L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End Views
        • Fuel Pump (FP) Relay Connector End View - Secondary (w/Dual Tanks)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End Views
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End Views
        • Ignition Coil Connector End Views
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End Views
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Generator Connector End Views
      • Entertainment Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End Views
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View - w/ U2K/U2L
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End Views
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) Assembly DVD Connector End View
        • Remote Playback Device Connector End View - CD Player
        • Speaker Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP250 Connector End View
      • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener (Part of Overhead Console) Connector End View
      • Horns Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End Views
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Automatic)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End Views
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Assembly Front Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Auxiliary Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Mode Actuator Connector End Views
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Manual)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End Views - Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Pressure Differential Switch Connector End View
        • Hydroboost Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Supplemental Brake Assist Pump Motor Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Inline Harness - C100 Through C306
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 I/P Harness To Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C102 I/P Harness To Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C103 I/P Harness To Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View (Export)
        • C104 I/P Harness To Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C114 Chassis Harness To I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C115 Chassis Harness To I/P Harness Connector Connector End View
        • C125 Snowplow Harness To Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C127 Snowplow Harness To Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C148 Engine Harness To Coil Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C149 Engine Harness To Coil Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C150 4-Wheel Drive Harness To 4-Wheel Drive Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C151 ATC Harness To I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C152 Chassis Harness To Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C153 4 Wheel Drive Harness To Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C154 I/P Harness To ATC Harness Connector End View
        • C155 Engine Harness To Injector Jumper Harness Connector End View (8.1L Only)
        • C198 I/P Harness To Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C201 I/P Harness To Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • C202 I/P Harness To Brake/Clutch Harness Connector End View
        • C202 Brake/Clutch Harness To I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 I/P Harness To Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C206 I/P Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
        • C209 I/P Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
        • C210 Brake/Clutch Harness To Roof Beacon Harness Connector End View
        • C214 I/P Harness To Headliner Harness Connector End Views
        • C220 I/P Harness To Infotainment Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C221 I/P Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
        • C222 I/P Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
        • C230 I/P Harness To A-Pillar Harness Connector End View
        • C249 I/P Harness To Infotainment Harness Connector End View
        • C250 Brake/Clutch Harness To Brake Clutch Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C305 Body Harness To Drivers Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Infotainment Jumper Harness To Console Harness Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Inline Harness - C310 Through C901
      • C310 Body Harness To Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
      • C312 Headliner Harness To Rear Blower Harness Connector End View
      • C313 LF Door Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C315 RF Door Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C320 Seat Jumper Harness To Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C321 Seat Jumper Harness To Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C322 Seat Motor Jumper Harness To Seat Jumper Harness Connector End View
      • C323 Seat Motor Jumper Harness To Seat Jumper Harness Connector End View
      • C324 Lumbar Bolster Harness To Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C325 Heated Seat Jumper Harness To Seat Jumper Harness Connector End View
      • C326 Heated Seat Jumper Harness To Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C327 Body Harness To Left Rear Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C328 Heated Seat Element Harness To Left Rear Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C329 Lumbar Bolster Harness To Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C331 I/P Harness To Headliner Harness Connector End View
      • C350 Engine Harness To 4 Wheel Drive Harness Connector End View
      • C370 Body Harness To Console Harness Connector End View
      • C386 Body Harness To Right Rear Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C388 Seat Motor Jumper Harness To Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C389 Heated Seat Element Harness To Right Rear Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C390 CHMSL/Cargo Harness To Body Harness Connector End View (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
      • C396 Body Harness To Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
      • C397 Blower Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C399 Body Harness To Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C402 LH Tail Lamp Harness To Rear Bussing Block Harness Connector End View
      • C404 Left Clearance Lamp Harness To License Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • C405 Right Clearance Lamp Harness To License Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • C406 License Lamp Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C410 Right Rear Lamp Harness To Chassis Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C411 Left Rear Lamp Harness To Chassis Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C450 Chassis Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C499 Body Harness To Endgate Extension Harness Connector End View
      • C900 Endgate Harness To Endgate Extension Harness Connector End View
      • C901 Endgate Extension Harness To Endgate Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Instrument Panel, Gages, Console, Lighting Systems, Power And Grounding, Power Door Systems, Power Outlet, Power Roof Systems, Power Seat Systems, Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Analog Clock Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary (Export Suburban/Yukon XL)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche)
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly Connector End View - Secondary (Export Suburban/Yukon XL)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End Views
        • Backup Lamp Connector End Views
        • Bezel Lamp Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Assembly Connector End Views (Avalanche and Escalade EXT Only)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End Views
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End Views
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End Views
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Connector End Views
        • Dome Lamp Connector End Views (Suburban and Yukon XL Only)
        • Door Courtesy Lamp Connector End Views
        • Fog Lamp Connector End Views
        • Fog Lamp Switch Rear Connector End View (Export)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Ballast Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End Views (Export)
        • Headlamp Leveling Switch Connector End View (Export)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lam Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector End Views - Rear Lamps
        • License Lamp Connector End Views
        • Marker Lamp Connector End Views
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End Views
        • Multifunction Accessory Switch Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End Views
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End Views (Export)
        • Roof Beacon Relay Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Switch Connector End View
        • Roof Marker Lamp Connector End Views
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Connector End Views
        • Trailer Connector End View - Heavy Duty
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Trailer Connector End View
        • Splice Pack (SP410) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack (SP410A) Connector End View
      • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Cargo/Liftgate (All Except Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End Views
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End Views
        • Liftgate Lock Relay Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End Views
        • Window Switch Connector End Views
        • Window Motor Connector End Views
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End Views
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Relay Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C5 (Memory/Heated Seat Switch - Driver)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C5 (Heated Seat Switch - Front Passenger)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End Views
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End Views
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch Connector End Views
        • Seat Lumbar Motor/Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Bolster Motor/Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recliner Motor Connector End Views
        • Seat Recliner Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End Views
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End Views
      • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
      • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views (8.1L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
    • OEM Connector End Views - Rear Parking Assist, Rear Wheel Steering, Seat Belt, Sir, Stationary Windows, Suspension Controls, Theft Deterrent System, Transfer Case Control, Wiper/Washer System
      • Rear Parking Assist Connector End Views
        • Object Sensor Connector End Views
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
      • Rear Wheel Steering Connector End Views
        • Combination Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Steering Mode Select Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Connector End Views
        • Rear Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End Views
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Sensor Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End Views (SIR Coil)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence Module Connector End View
      • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Outside
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
      • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End Views
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End Views
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Cargo Door Key Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Key Switch Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views (Immobilizer)
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views (BW 4482-NR4)
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Connector End View - Encoder Motor
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views (NVG 246-NP8)
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Connector End View - Encoder Motor
      • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
        • Fog/Rear Wiper Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Module Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C3 (Wiper Switch)
        • Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Module Connector End View
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Wiring Systems - Electrical Component Locator Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Left I/P Label
          • Fuse Block - Left I/P Top View
          • Fuse Block - Left I/P Bottom View
          • Relay Block - Body Label
          • Relay Block - Body Top View
          • Relay Block - Body Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Right I/P Top View
          • Fuse Block - Right I/P Bottom View
          • Junction Block - Rear
    • Wiring Systems - Power, Ground And Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Component Locator
        • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Inline Harness Connectors
    • Wiring Systems (Diagnostic Information And Procedures)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Upfitter Provision Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327: System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328: System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562: System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563: System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615: Starter Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1637: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Non-HP2)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test (w/ BCM)
          • Notes
          • Battery Electrical Drain
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency (Non HP2)
        • Charging System Test (CS/AD/SI Generators)
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
          • Auxiliary Battery
        • Charging System Description and Operation (W/O Generator/Battery Control Module)
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Starting System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems - Electrical Component Locator Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Left I/P Label
          • Fuse Block - Left I/P Top View
          • Fuse Block - Left I/P Bottom View
          • Relay Block - Body Label
          • Relay Block - Body Top View
          • Relay Block - Body Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Right I/P Top View
          • Fuse Block - Right I/P Bottom View
          • Junction Block - Rear
    • Wiring Systems - Power, Ground And Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Component Locator
        • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Inline Harness Connectors
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Left Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • Right Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • Instrument Panel Relay Block
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
      • Fusible Links
  • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Driver Information System Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Thermo Cooler/Cupholder Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connectors
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
      • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - Driver Information Systems
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC B0540: Speedometer Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B0560: Tachometer Circuit Range/Performance
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B1372: Device Ignition 1 Circuit Low
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B2961: Key In Ignition Circuit Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0461 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines):
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0461 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor Performance
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0462 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0462 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit Low Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0608: Vehicle Speed Output Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0654: Engine Speed Output Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2066 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Performance
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2066 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Performance
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2067 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2067 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2068 (4.8L, 6.0L, and 8.1L Engines): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2068 (5.3L Engine): Fuel Level Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Instrument Cluster Inoperative
      • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (Dual Tanks)
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (Single Tank)
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Hourmeter Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gages Inoperative
      • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
      • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
      • Chime Always On
      • Chime Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Accessory Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Insulator Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assist Handle Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ashtray Replacement (Non-Console)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ashtray Replacement (Console)
      • Cupholder Replacement (Non-Luxury)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cupholder Replacement (Luxury)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cupholder Replacement (Rear)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cupholder Replacement (Platinum)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Storage Bin Replacement (Except Pro)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Clock Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Blower Replacement - Cupholder - Front Floor Console
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement (w/Console Mounting Bracket)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement (w/o Console Mounting Bracket)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Non-Luxury Upper)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Luxury Upper)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Center Console End Panel Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Harness Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Hourmeter
        • Odometer
        • PRNDL Display
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
        • Transmission Temperature Gage
        • Voltmeter
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Indicators
        • DIC Warning Messages
        • Change Engine Oil
        • Check Oil Level
        • Fuel Level Low
        • Ice Possible
        • Oil Life Reset
        • Oil Pressure Low
        • OVERSPEED
        • Program Cluster
        • Shift Indicator
        • Tighten Fuel Cap
        • Vehicle Speed Limited
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • DIC Displays
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Information
          • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
          • Trip Reset Stem
          • Odometer
          • Trip Odometers
          • Timer
        • Fuel Information
          • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
          • Range
          • Average Fuel Economy
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
          • Engine Oil Life
        • Feature Programming
          • Notes
          • Driver Warnings
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Door Ajar Warning
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Chime
        • Turn Signal Warning
        • Park Brake Chime
        • Additional Warnings
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752: Horn Relay Coil Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative - One Horn
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - 12 Volt
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views - Abs, Adjustable Pedals, Automatic Level Control SUSP, Automatic Transmission, Shift Lock Control, Body Control System, Body Rear End, Cellular Communication, Cruise Control, Data Link Communications, Electrical Center
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End Views
        • Precharge Pump Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End Views
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End Views
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End Views
        • YAW and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View
      • Adjustable Pedals Connector End Views
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View
      • Automatic Level Control Suspension Connector End Views
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Relay Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Air Compressor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View (4L60-E/4L65-E)
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View (4L80-E/4L85-E)
        • Inline Harness Connector C103 Connector End View, Engine Side
        • Inline Harness Connector End View - Transmission Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views (4L60-E/4L65-E)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views (4L80-E/4L85-E)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views (4L60-E/4L65-E)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View, Column Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views (4L80-E/4L85-E)
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed (AT ISS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Output Shaft Speed (AT OSS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View, Column Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • Transmission Shift Lock Control Actuator Connector End View
      • Body Control System Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End Views
      • Body Rear End Connector End Views
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - Right Cargo
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End Views
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
      • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End Views
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C4
      • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Electrical Center Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Underhood
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Left I/P
        • Relay Block Connector End Views - Body
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Right I/P
        • Junction Block Connector End Views - Rear Lamps
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views - Engine Controls, Engine Electrical, Entertainment, Garage Door Opener, Horns, HVAC, Hydraulic Brakes
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (4.3L, 5.3L, 6.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Composition Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End Views
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End Views
        • Fuel Pump (FP) Relay Connector End View - Secondary (w/Dual Tanks)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End Views
        • Ignition Coil Connector End Views
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensors (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End Views
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (8.1L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End Views
        • Fuel Pump (FP) Relay Connector End View - Secondary (w/Dual Tanks)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End Views
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End Views
        • Ignition Coil Connector End Views
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End Views
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Generator Connector End Views
      • Entertainment Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End Views
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View - w/ U2K/U2L
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End Views
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) Assembly DVD Connector End View
        • Remote Playback Device Connector End View - CD Player
        • Speaker Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP250 Connector End View
      • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener (Part of Overhead Console) Connector End View
      • Horns Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End Views
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Automatic)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End Views
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Assembly Front Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Auxiliary Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Mode Actuator Connector End Views
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Manual)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End Views - Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Pressure Differential Switch Connector End View
        • Hydroboost Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Supplemental Brake Assist Pump Motor Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Inline Harness - C100 Through C306
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 I/P Harness To Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C102 I/P Harness To Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C103 I/P Harness To Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View (Export)
        • C104 I/P Harness To Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C114 Chassis Harness To I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C115 Chassis Harness To I/P Harness Connector Connector End View
        • C125 Snowplow Harness To Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C127 Snowplow Harness To Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C148 Engine Harness To Coil Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C149 Engine Harness To Coil Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C150 4-Wheel Drive Harness To 4-Wheel Drive Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C151 ATC Harness To I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C152 Chassis Harness To Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C153 4 Wheel Drive Harness To Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C154 I/P Harness To ATC Harness Connector End View
        • C155 Engine Harness To Injector Jumper Harness Connector End View (8.1L Only)
        • C198 I/P Harness To Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C201 I/P Harness To Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • C202 I/P Harness To Brake/Clutch Harness Connector End View
        • C202 Brake/Clutch Harness To I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 I/P Harness To Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C206 I/P Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
        • C209 I/P Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
        • C210 Brake/Clutch Harness To Roof Beacon Harness Connector End View
        • C214 I/P Harness To Headliner Harness Connector End Views
        • C220 I/P Harness To Infotainment Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C221 I/P Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
        • C222 I/P Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
        • C230 I/P Harness To A-Pillar Harness Connector End View
        • C249 I/P Harness To Infotainment Harness Connector End View
        • C250 Brake/Clutch Harness To Brake Clutch Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C305 Body Harness To Drivers Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Infotainment Jumper Harness To Console Harness Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Inline Harness - C310 Through C901
      • C310 Body Harness To Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
      • C312 Headliner Harness To Rear Blower Harness Connector End View
      • C313 LF Door Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C315 RF Door Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C320 Seat Jumper Harness To Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C321 Seat Jumper Harness To Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C322 Seat Motor Jumper Harness To Seat Jumper Harness Connector End View
      • C323 Seat Motor Jumper Harness To Seat Jumper Harness Connector End View
      • C324 Lumbar Bolster Harness To Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C325 Heated Seat Jumper Harness To Seat Jumper Harness Connector End View
      • C326 Heated Seat Jumper Harness To Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C327 Body Harness To Left Rear Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C328 Heated Seat Element Harness To Left Rear Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C329 Lumbar Bolster Harness To Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C331 I/P Harness To Headliner Harness Connector End View
      • C350 Engine Harness To 4 Wheel Drive Harness Connector End View
      • C370 Body Harness To Console Harness Connector End View
      • C386 Body Harness To Right Rear Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C388 Seat Motor Jumper Harness To Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C389 Heated Seat Element Harness To Right Rear Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C390 CHMSL/Cargo Harness To Body Harness Connector End View (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
      • C396 Body Harness To Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
      • C397 Blower Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C399 Body Harness To Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C402 LH Tail Lamp Harness To Rear Bussing Block Harness Connector End View
      • C404 Left Clearance Lamp Harness To License Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • C405 Right Clearance Lamp Harness To License Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • C406 License Lamp Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C410 Right Rear Lamp Harness To Chassis Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C411 Left Rear Lamp Harness To Chassis Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C450 Chassis Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C499 Body Harness To Endgate Extension Harness Connector End View
      • C900 Endgate Harness To Endgate Extension Harness Connector End View
      • C901 Endgate Extension Harness To Endgate Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Instrument Panel, Gages, Console, Lighting Systems, Power And Grounding, Power Door Systems, Power Outlet, Power Roof Systems, Power Seat Systems, Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Analog Clock Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary (Export Suburban/Yukon XL)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche)
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly Connector End View - Secondary (Export Suburban/Yukon XL)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End Views
        • Backup Lamp Connector End Views
        • Bezel Lamp Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Assembly Connector End Views (Avalanche and Escalade EXT Only)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End Views
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End Views
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End Views
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Connector End Views
        • Dome Lamp Connector End Views (Suburban and Yukon XL Only)
        • Door Courtesy Lamp Connector End Views
        • Fog Lamp Connector End Views
        • Fog Lamp Switch Rear Connector End View (Export)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Ballast Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End Views (Export)
        • Headlamp Leveling Switch Connector End View (Export)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lam Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector End Views - Rear Lamps
        • License Lamp Connector End Views
        • Marker Lamp Connector End Views
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End Views
        • Multifunction Accessory Switch Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End Views
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End Views (Export)
        • Roof Beacon Relay Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Switch Connector End View
        • Roof Marker Lamp Connector End Views
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Connector End Views
        • Trailer Connector End View - Heavy Duty
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Trailer Connector End View
        • Splice Pack (SP410) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack (SP410A) Connector End View
      • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Cargo/Liftgate (All Except Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End Views
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End Views
        • Liftgate Lock Relay Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End Views
        • Window Switch Connector End Views
        • Window Motor Connector End Views
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End Views
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Relay Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C5 (Memory/Heated Seat Switch - Driver)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C5 (Heated Seat Switch - Front Passenger)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End Views
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End Views
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch Connector End Views
        • Seat Lumbar Motor/Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Bolster Motor/Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recliner Motor Connector End Views
        • Seat Recliner Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End Views
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End Views
      • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
      • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views (8.1L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
    • OEM Connector End Views - Rear Parking Assist, Rear Wheel Steering, Seat Belt, Sir, Stationary Windows, Suspension Controls, Theft Deterrent System, Transfer Case Control, Wiper/Washer System
      • Rear Parking Assist Connector End Views
        • Object Sensor Connector End Views
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
      • Rear Wheel Steering Connector End Views
        • Combination Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Steering Mode Select Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Connector End Views
        • Rear Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End Views
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Sensor Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End Views (SIR Coil)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence Module Connector End View
      • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Outside
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
      • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End Views
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End Views
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Cargo Door Key Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Key Switch Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views (Immobilizer)
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views (BW 4482-NR4)
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Connector End View - Encoder Motor
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views (NVG 246-NP8)
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Connector End View - Encoder Motor
      • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
        • Fog/Rear Wiper Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Module Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C3 (Wiper Switch)
        • Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Module Connector End View
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Wiring Systems - Electrical Component Locator Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Left I/P Label
          • Fuse Block - Left I/P Top View
          • Fuse Block - Left I/P Bottom View
          • Relay Block - Body Label
          • Relay Block - Body Top View
          • Relay Block - Body Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Right I/P Top View
          • Fuse Block - Right I/P Bottom View
          • Junction Block - Rear
    • Wiring Systems - Power, Ground And Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Component Locator
        • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Inline Harness Connectors
    • Wiring Systems (Diagnostic Information And Procedures)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Upfitter Provision Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327: System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328: System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562: System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563: System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615: Starter Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1637: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Non-HP2)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test (w/ BCM)
          • Notes
          • Battery Electrical Drain
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency (Non HP2)
        • Charging System Test (CS/AD/SI Generators)
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
          • Auxiliary Battery
        • Charging System Description and Operation (W/O Generator/Battery Control Module)
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Starting System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views - Abs, Adjustable Pedals, Automatic Level Control SUSP, Automatic Transmission, Shift Lock Control, Body Control System, Body Rear End, Cellular Communication, Cruise Control, Data Link Communications, Electrical Center
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End Views
        • Precharge Pump Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End Views
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End Views
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End Views
        • YAW and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View
      • Adjustable Pedals Connector End Views
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View
      • Automatic Level Control Suspension Connector End Views
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Relay Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Air Compressor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View (4L60-E/4L65-E)
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View (4L80-E/4L85-E)
        • Inline Harness Connector C103 Connector End View, Engine Side
        • Inline Harness Connector End View - Transmission Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views (4L60-E/4L65-E)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views (4L80-E/4L85-E)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views (4L60-E/4L65-E)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View, Column Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views (4L80-E/4L85-E)
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed (AT ISS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Output Shaft Speed (AT OSS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View, Column Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • Transmission Shift Lock Control Actuator Connector End View
      • Body Control System Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End Views
      • Body Rear End Connector End Views
        • Door Ajar Switch Connector End View - Right Cargo
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End Views
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
      • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End Views
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C4
      • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Electrical Center Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Underhood
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Left I/P
        • Relay Block Connector End Views - Body
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Right I/P
        • Junction Block Connector End Views - Rear Lamps
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views - Engine Controls, Engine Electrical, Entertainment, Garage Door Opener, Horns, HVAC, Hydraulic Brakes
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (4.3L, 5.3L, 6.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Composition Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End Views
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End Views
        • Fuel Pump (FP) Relay Connector End View - Secondary (w/Dual Tanks)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End Views
        • Ignition Coil Connector End Views
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensors (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End Views
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (8.1L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End Views
        • Fuel Pump (FP) Relay Connector End View - Secondary (w/Dual Tanks)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End Views
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End Views
        • Ignition Coil Connector End Views
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End Views
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Generator Connector End Views
      • Entertainment Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End Views
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View - w/ U2K/U2L
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End Views
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) Assembly DVD Connector End View
        • Remote Playback Device Connector End View - CD Player
        • Speaker Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP250 Connector End View
      • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener (Part of Overhead Console) Connector End View
      • Horns Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End Views
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Automatic)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End Views
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Assembly Front Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Auxiliary Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Mode Actuator Connector End Views
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Manual)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End Views - Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Pressure Differential Switch Connector End View
        • Hydroboost Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Supplemental Brake Assist Pump Motor Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Inline Harness - C100 Through C306
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 I/P Harness To Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C102 I/P Harness To Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C103 I/P Harness To Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View (Export)
        • C104 I/P Harness To Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C114 Chassis Harness To I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C115 Chassis Harness To I/P Harness Connector Connector End View
        • C125 Snowplow Harness To Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C127 Snowplow Harness To Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C148 Engine Harness To Coil Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C149 Engine Harness To Coil Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C150 4-Wheel Drive Harness To 4-Wheel Drive Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C151 ATC Harness To I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C152 Chassis Harness To Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C153 4 Wheel Drive Harness To Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C154 I/P Harness To ATC Harness Connector End View
        • C155 Engine Harness To Injector Jumper Harness Connector End View (8.1L Only)
        • C198 I/P Harness To Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C201 I/P Harness To Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • C202 I/P Harness To Brake/Clutch Harness Connector End View
        • C202 Brake/Clutch Harness To I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 I/P Harness To Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C206 I/P Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
        • C209 I/P Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
        • C210 Brake/Clutch Harness To Roof Beacon Harness Connector End View
        • C214 I/P Harness To Headliner Harness Connector End Views
        • C220 I/P Harness To Infotainment Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C221 I/P Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
        • C222 I/P Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
        • C230 I/P Harness To A-Pillar Harness Connector End View
        • C249 I/P Harness To Infotainment Harness Connector End View
        • C250 Brake/Clutch Harness To Brake Clutch Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C305 Body Harness To Drivers Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Infotainment Jumper Harness To Console Harness Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Inline Harness - C310 Through C901
      • C310 Body Harness To Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
      • C312 Headliner Harness To Rear Blower Harness Connector End View
      • C313 LF Door Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C315 RF Door Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C320 Seat Jumper Harness To Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C321 Seat Jumper Harness To Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C322 Seat Motor Jumper Harness To Seat Jumper Harness Connector End View
      • C323 Seat Motor Jumper Harness To Seat Jumper Harness Connector End View
      • C324 Lumbar Bolster Harness To Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C325 Heated Seat Jumper Harness To Seat Jumper Harness Connector End View
      • C326 Heated Seat Jumper Harness To Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C327 Body Harness To Left Rear Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C328 Heated Seat Element Harness To Left Rear Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C329 Lumbar Bolster Harness To Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C331 I/P Harness To Headliner Harness Connector End View
      • C350 Engine Harness To 4 Wheel Drive Harness Connector End View
      • C370 Body Harness To Console Harness Connector End View
      • C386 Body Harness To Right Rear Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C388 Seat Motor Jumper Harness To Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C389 Heated Seat Element Harness To Right Rear Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C390 CHMSL/Cargo Harness To Body Harness Connector End View (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
      • C396 Body Harness To Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
      • C397 Blower Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C399 Body Harness To Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C402 LH Tail Lamp Harness To Rear Bussing Block Harness Connector End View
      • C404 Left Clearance Lamp Harness To License Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • C405 Right Clearance Lamp Harness To License Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • C406 License Lamp Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C410 Right Rear Lamp Harness To Chassis Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C411 Left Rear Lamp Harness To Chassis Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C450 Chassis Harness To Body Harness Connector End View
      • C499 Body Harness To Endgate Extension Harness Connector End View
      • C900 Endgate Harness To Endgate Extension Harness Connector End View
      • C901 Endgate Extension Harness To Endgate Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Instrument Panel, Gages, Console, Lighting Systems, Power And Grounding, Power Door Systems, Power Outlet, Power Roof Systems, Power Seat Systems, Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Analog Clock Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary (Export Suburban/Yukon XL)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche)
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly Connector End View - Secondary (Export Suburban/Yukon XL)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End Views
        • Backup Lamp Connector End Views
        • Bezel Lamp Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Assembly Connector End Views (Avalanche and Escalade EXT Only)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End Views
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End Views
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End Views
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Connector End Views
        • Dome Lamp Connector End Views (Suburban and Yukon XL Only)
        • Door Courtesy Lamp Connector End Views
        • Fog Lamp Connector End Views
        • Fog Lamp Switch Rear Connector End View (Export)
        • Headlamp Assembly Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Ballast Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End Views (Export)
        • Headlamp Leveling Switch Connector End View (Export)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lam Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector End Views - Rear Lamps
        • License Lamp Connector End Views
        • Marker Lamp Connector End Views
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End Views
        • Multifunction Accessory Switch Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End Views
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End Views (Export)
        • Roof Beacon Relay Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Switch Connector End View
        • Roof Marker Lamp Connector End Views
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal Connector End Views
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Connector End Views
        • Trailer Connector End View - Heavy Duty
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Trailer Connector End View
        • Splice Pack (SP410) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack (SP410A) Connector End View
      • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Cargo/Liftgate (All Except Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End Views
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End Views
        • Liftgate Lock Relay Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End Views
        • Window Switch Connector End Views
        • Window Motor Connector End Views
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End Views
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Relay Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C5 (Memory/Heated Seat Switch - Driver)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C5 (Heated Seat Switch - Front Passenger)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End Views
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End Views
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch Connector End Views
        • Seat Lumbar Motor/Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Bolster Motor/Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recliner Motor Connector End Views
        • Seat Recliner Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End Views
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End Views
      • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
      • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views (8.1L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
    • OEM Connector End Views - Rear Parking Assist, Rear Wheel Steering, Seat Belt, Sir, Stationary Windows, Suspension Controls, Theft Deterrent System, Transfer Case Control, Wiper/Washer System
      • Rear Parking Assist Connector End Views
        • Object Sensor Connector End Views
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
      • Rear Wheel Steering Connector End Views
        • Combination Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Steering Mode Select Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Connector End Views
        • Rear Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End Views
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Sensor Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End Views (SIR Coil)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence Module Connector End View
      • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Outside
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
      • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End Views
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End Views
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Cargo Door Key Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Key Switch Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views (Immobilizer)
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views (BW 4482-NR4)
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Connector End View - Encoder Motor
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views (NVG 246-NP8)
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End Views
        • Transfer Case Connector End View - Encoder Motor
      • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
        • Fog/Rear Wiper Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Module Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C3 (Wiper Switch)
        • Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Module Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 6.0L VIN N
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 6.0L VIN N
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems - Power, Ground And Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Component Locator
        • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Inline Harness Connectors
    • Wiring Systems (Diagnostic Information And Procedures)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Upfitter Provision Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Mechanical
  • Accessory Drive Belts
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Identification
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
        • Notes
        • 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L
        • 8.1L
      • Cooling System Specifications
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Identification
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
        • Notes
        • 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L
        • 8.1L
      • Cooling System Specifications
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P1258: Engine Coolant Overtemperature - Protection Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Overheated Indicator Always On
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Tempil Sticks
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Notes
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
        • Fan Clutch Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Surge Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Outlet (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (Utility 8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (Avalanche/XLT 8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Vent Inlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Pipe/Hose Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement (2WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement (4WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Clutch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Housing Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Crossover Pipe Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Assembly Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drain Cock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement - Upper (W/O M74)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement - Upper (W/M74)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (EXC 8.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (8.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (Dealer Installation - 6.0L Engine)
          • Dealer Installation Only
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Engine Coolant Indicators
            • Engine Coolant Hot
            • Engine Overheated
            • Low Coolant Level B
            • Reduced Engine Power
          • Cooling Fan Control - Two Fan System
          • Coolant Level Control (If Equipped)
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
            • Notes
            • Cooling Cycle
            • Coolant
            • Radiator
            • Surge Tank
            • Pressure Cap
            • Cooling Fan and Clutch
            • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Engine Oil Cooler
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
            • Turbocharger Bypass Valve (6.6L Diesel Engine)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (8.1L Engine)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
        • Notes
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (8.1L Engine)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement (6.0L and 8.1L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Seal Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (4.8L and 5.3L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (6.0L and 8.1L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Mounting Bracket Replacement (6.0L and 8.1L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (4.8L and 5.3L Engines)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (6.0L and 8.1L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Floor Panel Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement - Dash Panel
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance & Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
          • Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Notes
          • Engine Oil and Filter Change
          • Gas Engine Oil Quality
          • Engine Oil Viscosity
          • Chassis Lubrication
            • Notes
            • Lubricating Joints that have Grease Fittings
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Accessory Drive Belt Inspection
          • Automatic Transmission
          • Automatic Transfer Case
          • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
          • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Fuel Filter Replacement
          • Drive Axle Service
          • Cooling System Service
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Notes
            • Starter Switch Check
            • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Check
            • Ignition Transmission Lock Check
            • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
  • Mechanical
    • Engine Mechanical (Introduction) 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications (LR4 VIN V)
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications (LM7 VIN T)
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications (L59 VIN Z)
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications (LQ4 VIN U)
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications (LQ9 VIN N)
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
        • Thread Repair Specifications
          • Engine Block - Front View
          • Engine Block - Rear View
          • Engine Block - Left Side View
          • Engine Block - Right Side View
          • Engine Block - Bottom View
          • Engine Block - Top View
          • Cylinder Head - Top View
          • Cylinder Head - End View
          • Cylinder Head - Exhaust Manifold Deck View
          • Cylinder Head - Intake Manifold Deck View
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Engine Identification
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
        • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
        • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
        • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
        • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
        • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
        • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
        • Engine Noise Under Load
        • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
        • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
        • Coolant in Engine Oil
        • Engine Compression Test
        • Cylinder Leakage Test
          • Notes
          • Cylinder Leakage Test
        • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
        • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
        • Oil Leak Diagnosis
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
        • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • Drive Belt System Description
        • Engine Component Description
          • The 4.8, 5.3, and 6.0 Liter V8 Engines
          • Camshaft and Drive System
          • Crankshaft
          • Cylinder Heads
          • Engine Block
          • Exhaust Manifolds
          • Intake Manifold
          • Oil Pan
          • Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly
          • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Assemblies
          • Valve Train
        • New Product Information
          • Notes
          • Torque Values and/or Fastener Tightening Strategies
          • Disassembly and Assembly Procedure Revisions
          • Engine Mechanical Diagnostic Procedure Revisions
          • New Special Tools Required
          • A Component Comparison from the Previous Year
        • Lubrication Description
          • Lubrication Flow Schematic
        • Cleanliness and Care
        • Separating Parts
        • Replacing Engine Gaskets
          • Notes
          • Gasket Use and Applying Sealants
          • Separating Components
          • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
          • Assembling Components
        • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
          • Pipe Joint Compound
          • RTV Sealer
          • Anaerobic Sealer
        • Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Mechanical (Repair Instructions -- 1 Of 3) -- 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L
      • Repair Instructions (On-Vehicle & Off-Vehicle - Part 1)
        • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
          • Drive Belt Replacement - Accessory
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Drive Belt Replacement - Air Conditioning
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement - Accessory
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement - Air Conditioning
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Mount Inspection
          • Engine Mount Replacement - Left
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Left
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Mount Replacement - Right
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Sight Shield Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L (RPO LQ4))
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Sight Shield Replacement (6.0L (RPO LQ9))
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Intake Manifold Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Valley Cover Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Left
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Right
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Cylinder Head Replacement - Left
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Cylinder Head Replacement - Right
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Valve Lifter Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Front Cover Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Rear Cover Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Filter Adapter Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Filter Bypass Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Pan Cover Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Pan Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Pump, Pump Screen and Deflector Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Timing Chain and Sprockets Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Camshaft Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Flywheel Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
        • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions - Part 1
          • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
          • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
          • Engine Flywheel Removal
          • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
          • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left
          • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right
          • Water Pump Removal
          • Throttle Body Removal
          • Fuel Rail and Injectors Removal
          • Intake Manifold Removal
    • Engine Mechanical (Repair Instructions -- 3 Of 3) -- 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L
      • Repair Instructions (Off-Vehicle - Part 3)
        • Engine Prelubing
        • Engine Block Plug Installation
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
          • Notes
          • Piston Selection
          • Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation
        • Oil Pump, Pump Screen and Deflector Installation
        • Engine Rear Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Oil Filter, Adapter, Pan Cover Installation
        • Valve Lifter Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Right
        • Engine Valley Cover Installation
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Installation
        • Throttle Body Installation
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327: System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328: System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562: System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563: System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615: Starter Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1637: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Non-HP2)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test (w/ BCM)
          • Notes
          • Battery Electrical Drain
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency (Non HP2)
        • Charging System Test (CS/AD/SI Generators)
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
          • Auxiliary Battery
        • Charging System Description and Operation (W/O Generator/Battery Control Module)
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Starting System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - Class 2 & GMLAN
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can)
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Control System - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
    • Engine Control System - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L (DTC P0068 To DTC P0140 Or P0160)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0068
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0101 (With Throttle Actuator Control)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0102
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0103
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0106 (With Throttle Actuator Control)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0108
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0116
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0120
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0131 or P0151
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Lean Test:
            • Power Enrichment Test:
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0132 or P0152
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Rich Test:
            • Decel. Fuel Cutoff Test:
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0133 or P0153
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0134 or P0154
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0135 or P0155 (With 5.3L or 6.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Heater Current Test
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0135 or P0155 (With 4.8L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Heater Current Test
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0136 or P0156
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0137 or P0157
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Lean Test
            • Power Enrichment Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0138 or P0158
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Rich Test
            • Decel. Fuel Cutoff Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0140 or P0160
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Control System - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L (DTC P0140 Or P0160 To DTC P0449)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0141 or P0161 (With 4.8L or 6.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Heater Current Test
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0141 or P0161 (With 5.3L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Heater Current Test
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0169
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0171 or P0174
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0172 or P0175
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0178
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0179
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0200
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0220
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0230
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0300-P0308
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0315
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0325
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0327 or P0332
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0335
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0336
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0341
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0342
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0343
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0351-P0358
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420 or P0430 (Without HP2)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0443
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Control System - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L (DTC P0452 To DTC P2120)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0452
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0453
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0506 (TAC)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0507 (TAC)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0641
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0650
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1106
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1107
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1111
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1114
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1115
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1133 or P1153
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1134 or P1154
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1380
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1381
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1516
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2101
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2108
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2120
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Engine Control System - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L (DTC P2121 To DTC U0107)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P2121
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2135
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2636
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U0107
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Engine Control System - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L (Introduction)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram (Single Fuel Tank)
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram (Dual Fuel Tank)
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connectors
        • Engine Controls Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Composition Sensor Replacement (5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement (5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure (Single Tank)
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure (5.3L (L59) Engine)
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure (Dual Tanks - Front)
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure (Dual Tanks - Rear)
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Single Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Single Tank w/5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Dual Tanks - Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Dual Tanks - Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement (1500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement (2500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement (4.8L and 5.3L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement (5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement (6.0L Engine - Front Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement (6.0L Engine - Rear Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement (Single Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement (Single Tank - 5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement (Dual Tanks - 6.0L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement (4.8L and 5.3L Engines)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement (5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement (6.0L Engine - Dual Tanks - Front)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement (6.0L Engine - Dual Tanks - Rear)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis (1500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis (1500 Series - 5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis (2500 Series - Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Assembly Replacement (1500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Assembly Replacement (1500 Series - 5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Assembly Replacement (2500 Series - Front Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Assembly Replacement (2500 Series - Intermediate)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
          • Fuel Tank Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement (5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Rail Crossover Pipe Replacement (5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement (5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement (1500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement (2500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (1500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (1500 Series - 5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (2500 Series - Front Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (2500 Series - Rear Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (2500 Series - Intermediate)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister Vent (1500 Series - 5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis (1500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis (1500 Series - 5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis (2500 Series - Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank (1500 Series - 5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank (2500 Series - 6.0L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis (2500 Series - Intermediate)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement (1500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement (1500 Series - 5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement (2500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • EVAP Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Notes
          • Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Resonator Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Powertrain
          • Powertrain Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Trip
          • Warm-Up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
          • DTC Status
        • Fuel Composition Sensor Description
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Notes
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Throttle Actuator Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Fuel System Description (Pickup and Utility)
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tanks
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Rear Fuel Pump (Dual Tank Applications Only)
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery System (ORVR)
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
            • Clear Flood Mode
            • Run Mode
            • Acceleration Mode
            • Deceleration Mode
            • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
            • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Ignition Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Control System - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L (Troubleshooting & Diagnosis)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Description
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Composition Sensor Test
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (without Special Tool and E85)
          • Description
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (with Special Tool)
          • Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure (Without HP2)
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Control System - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
    • Engine Control System - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L (DTC P0068 To DTC P0140 Or P0160)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0068
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0101 (With Throttle Actuator Control)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0102
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0103
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0106 (With Throttle Actuator Control)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0108
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0116
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0120
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0131 or P0151
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Lean Test:
            • Power Enrichment Test:
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0132 or P0152
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Rich Test:
            • Decel. Fuel Cutoff Test:
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0133 or P0153
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0134 or P0154
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0135 or P0155 (With 5.3L or 6.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Heater Current Test
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0135 or P0155 (With 4.8L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Heater Current Test
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0136 or P0156
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0137 or P0157
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Lean Test
            • Power Enrichment Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0138 or P0158
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Rich Test
            • Decel. Fuel Cutoff Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0140 or P0160
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Control System - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L (DTC P0140 Or P0160 To DTC P0449)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0141 or P0161 (With 4.8L or 6.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Heater Current Test
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0141 or P0161 (With 5.3L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Heater Current Test
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0169
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0171 or P0174
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0172 or P0175
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0178
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0179
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0200
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0220
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0230
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0300-P0308
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0315
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0325
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0327 or P0332
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0335
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0336
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0341
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0342
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0343
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0351-P0358
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420 or P0430 (Without HP2)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0443
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Control System - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L (DTC P0452 To DTC P2120)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0452
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0453
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0506 (TAC)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0507 (TAC)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0641
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0650
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1106
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1107
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1111
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1114
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1115
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1133 or P1153
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1134 or P1154
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1380
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1381
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1516
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2101
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2108
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2120
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Engine Control System - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L (DTC P2121 To DTC U0107)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P2121
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2135
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2636
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U0107
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Engine Control System - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L (Introduction)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram (Single Fuel Tank)
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram (Dual Fuel Tank)
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connectors
        • Engine Controls Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Composition Sensor Replacement (5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement (5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure (Single Tank)
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure (5.3L (L59) Engine)
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure (Dual Tanks - Front)
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure (Dual Tanks - Rear)
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Single Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Single Tank w/5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Dual Tanks - Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Dual Tanks - Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement (1500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement (2500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement (4.8L and 5.3L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement (5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement (6.0L Engine - Front Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement (6.0L Engine - Rear Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement (Single Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement (Single Tank - 5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement (Dual Tanks - 6.0L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement (4.8L and 5.3L Engines)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement (5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement (6.0L Engine - Dual Tanks - Front)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement (6.0L Engine - Dual Tanks - Rear)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis (1500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis (1500 Series - 5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis (2500 Series - Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Assembly Replacement (1500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Assembly Replacement (1500 Series - 5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Assembly Replacement (2500 Series - Front Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Assembly Replacement (2500 Series - Intermediate)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
          • Fuel Tank Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement (5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Rail Crossover Pipe Replacement (5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement (5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement (1500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement (2500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (1500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (1500 Series - 5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (2500 Series - Front Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (2500 Series - Rear Tank)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (2500 Series - Intermediate)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister Vent (1500 Series - 5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis (1500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis (1500 Series - 5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis (2500 Series - Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank (1500 Series - 5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank (2500 Series - 6.0L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis (2500 Series - Intermediate)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement (1500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement (1500 Series - 5.3L (L59) Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement (2500 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • EVAP Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Notes
          • Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Resonator Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Powertrain
          • Powertrain Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Trip
          • Warm-Up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
          • DTC Status
        • Fuel Composition Sensor Description
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Notes
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Throttle Actuator Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Fuel System Description (Pickup and Utility)
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tanks
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Rear Fuel Pump (Dual Tank Applications Only)
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery System (ORVR)
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
            • Clear Flood Mode
            • Run Mode
            • Acceleration Mode
            • Deceleration Mode
            • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
            • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Ignition Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Control System - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L (Troubleshooting & Diagnosis)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Description
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Composition Sensor Test
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (without Special Tool and E85)
          • Description
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (with Special Tool)
          • Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure (Without HP2)
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Description
      • Conditions for Running
      • Diagnostic Aids
      • Test Description
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4L60-E) DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4L80-E) DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Electrical DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 8.1L DTCS
    • Entertainment DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC, Automatic DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Navigation DTCS
    • Power Door Lock, Mirror & Window DTCS
    • Power Seat DTCS
    • Suspension, Electronic - Automatic Level Control DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent Immobilizer DTCS - Exported Vehicles
    • Tire Pressure Monitor DTCS
    • Transfer Case (4482-Nr4) DTCS
    • Transfer Case (NVG 246-NP8) DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/o RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Incomplete
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Incomplete
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Transfer Case Identification
        • Axle Identification - Front
        • Axle Identification - Rear
          • 8.6, 9.5, 10.5, 11.5
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Door Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding IP Storage Compartment Lock Cylinder
          • Console Key
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rails
            • Under the Rear Differential
            • Under the Rear Spring Hanger
          • Jack Stands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • Cautions & Notices
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134a Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Collision Sectioning Caution
        • Cracked Window Caution
        • Differential Case Removal Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound Deadeners Caution
        • Fuel and EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors in Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Caution
        • Servicing the SIR System Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Avoid Touching the Bulb Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Damage to Fuel Tank Straps Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover and Gasket Removal Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Adhesive on Flywheel Bolts Notice
        • Excessive Force and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition OFF When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses without Twists or Bends Notice
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • PCM and ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Propeller Shaft Notice
        • Rear Wheel Steering - Lifting and Jacking Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Using Proper Power Steering Fluid Notice
        • Wheel Nut or Stud Notice
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/o RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Incomplete
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Incomplete
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Transfer Case Identification
        • Axle Identification - Front
        • Axle Identification - Rear
          • 8.6, 9.5, 10.5, 11.5
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Door Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding IP Storage Compartment Lock Cylinder
          • Console Key
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rails
            • Under the Rear Differential
            • Under the Rear Spring Hanger
          • Jack Stands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Gm Vehicles Cautions & Notices
      • Cautions & Notices
        • Definition Of Caution, Notice, & Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Abs Component Handling Caution
        • Actions To Take When Working With Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment For Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134A Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound DEADENERS Caution
        • Floor Jack Caution
        • Fuel & EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors In Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass & Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts & Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles & Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Replacement Carpet Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses & Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles & Fuel Caution
        • Servicing The Sir System Caution
        • Sir Caution
        • Sir Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • Sir Handling Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • Sir Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Handling & Storage Caution
        • Sir Special Tool Caution
        • Tilt Spring Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air In The Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting To Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects On Paint & Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • CLEARCOAT/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover & Gasket Removal Notice
        • Do Not Depress Brake Pedal With Rotors/Drums Removed Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex DECOUPLER Notice
        • Fuel & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Bearing Inserts Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition Off When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses Without Twists Or Bends Notice
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII System Description Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pcm & ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing And Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Servicing The Level Sensor Notice
        • Silicon Contamination Of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Spark Plug Boot Removal Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Notice
        • Steering Wheel In The Full Turn Position Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Lamp To Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Propeller Shaft Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Driveline
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult to System Balance the Driveline
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Non-Torque Sensitive)
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Torque Sensitive)
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Measurement (One-Piece)
        • Pinion Flange Runout Measurement (System Balanced Flange)
        • Pinion Flange Runout Measurement (Non-System Balanced Flange)
        • Driveline Working Angles Measurement
          • Notes
          • Measurement Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
            • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Using EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Without EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline Working Angles Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Transmission Shims
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • One Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • Multiple-Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
            • Notes
            • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
            • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
      • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance & Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
          • Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Notes
          • Engine Oil and Filter Change
          • Gas Engine Oil Quality
          • Engine Oil Viscosity
          • Chassis Lubrication
            • Notes
            • Lubricating Joints that have Grease Fittings
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Accessory Drive Belt Inspection
          • Automatic Transmission
          • Automatic Transfer Case
          • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
          • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Fuel Filter Replacement
          • Drive Axle Service
          • Cooling System Service
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Notes
            • Starter Switch Check
            • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Check
            • Ignition Transmission Lock Check
            • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Indicators
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Relearn
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
  • Restraints
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System - Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • System Operation Check
        • Notes
        • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • All Models Except Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • Vehicles With Passenger Presence System
      • Service Precautions
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Notes
        • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint Disabling & Enabling Zones
        • ALERO, Grand Am & MALIBU
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Astro & Safari
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Aurora, BONNEVILLE, LESABRE & Park Avenue
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade Ext, Sierra, SILVERADO, Suburban, TAHOE, YUKON & YUKON XL
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • AVEO
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • AZTEK & Rendezvous
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Blazer, Canyon, Colorado, Jimmy, S10 Pickup & SONOMA
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • BRAVADA, Envoy, Envoy XUV, Trailblazer, & Rainier
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Cavalier & SUNFIRE
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Century, Grand PRIX & Regal
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Classic
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Corvette
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • DEVILLE
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Express & SAVANA
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • GTO
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Impala & Monte CARLO
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • MONTANA, Silhouette & Venture
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • SEVILLE
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • SRX
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Tracker
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • XLR
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Component Inspection & Replacement Tables.
      • General Motors (1988-04)
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/o RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Incomplete
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Incomplete
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Transfer Case Identification
        • Axle Identification - Front
        • Axle Identification - Rear
          • 8.6, 9.5, 10.5, 11.5
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Door Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding IP Storage Compartment Lock Cylinder
          • Console Key
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rails
            • Under the Rear Differential
            • Under the Rear Spring Hanger
          • Jack Stands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Air Conditioning
        • Automatic & Manual System
          • HVAC System Service Specifications
          • HVAC System Torque Specifications
      • Axle Nut/Hub Nut
        • Front
        • Rear
      • Battery
        • Battery Service Specifications
        • Battery Torque Specifications
      • Brakes
        • Bleeding Sequence
        • Disc Brakes
          • RPO Code Identification
          • Disc Brake Service Specifications
          • Brake Torque Specifications
      • Charging System
        • Generator
          • Generator Service Specifications
          • Generator Torque Specifications
      • Drive Belts
        • Adjustment
          • Specifications & Procedures
        • Drive Belt Routing
          • Routing Illustrations
          • Drive Belt Torque Specifications
      • Engine Cooling
        • Service
          • Engine Cooling Specifications
          • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
        • Radiator Cap Pressure
        • Thermostat Removal & Installation
        • Water Pump Removal & Installation
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Compression
        • Oil Pressure
        • Overhaul
        • Torque
      • Fluid Specifications
      • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Pressure
          • Fuel System Specifications
        • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
        • Fuel Filter
      • Ignition System
        • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • High Tension Wires
          • High Tension Wire Resistance Specifications
        • Ignition Timing
        • Spark Plugs
          • Spark Plug Specifications
      • Starting System
        • Starter
          • Starter Motor Application
          • Starter Torque Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment
        • Adjustment Specifications
        • Torque
      • Wheel & Tire
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Auxiliary Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining
          • Balancing
        • Compressor Replacement (L18)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LR4, LM7, and LQ4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Plate/Hub Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Mounting Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Discharge Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Installation (C60)
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Installation (C69)
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Replacement (C60)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Replacement (C69)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Expansion (Orifice) Tube Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Low Pressure Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (Utility L18)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (Utility LR4, LM7, LQ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (Avalanche/Xlt L18)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (Avalanche/Xlt LR4, LM7, LQ4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (Utility LR4, LM7, LQ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (Avalanche/Xlt LR4, LM7, LQ4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (Utility 8.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (Avalanche/Xlt 8.1L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Impeller Replacement (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distributor Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Rear Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, LH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, RH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Right (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Right (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Left (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Left (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Door Replacement (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Door Replacement (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement - Lower (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement - Lower (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement - Upper (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement - Upper (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Door Replacement (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Door Replacement (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distribution Ducts Replacement - Auxiliary (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distribution Ducts Replacement - Auxiliary (Lower)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Auxiliary Air Conditioning (A/C) Outlet - Headliner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement - Auxiliary (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement - Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Replacement - Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Replacement - Auxiliary (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement - Auxiliary (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement - Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater and Air Conditioning (A/C) Pipe Repair - Auxiliary
          • Notes
          • Minimum Tube Length Required Table
          • Straight Line Repair
          • Line Sectioning Repair
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Primary HVAC)
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Auxiliary HVAC)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0159: Outside Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0164: Passenger Compartment Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0169: Auxiliary Inside Air Temperature Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0174, B0179, B0510, or B0515: Discharge Air Temperature Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0183 or B0188: Sunload Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0229, B0414, B0424, or B3770: HVAC Door Actuator Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0263, B0268, B0408, or B0418: HVAC Door Actuator Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0429 or B3531: HVAC Door Actuator Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0434 or B3764: Auxiliary HVAC Door Actuator Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1375: Device Ignition 3 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3579 or B3584: Auxiliary Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement - Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Processor Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement (W/O D07)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement (W/ D07)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sun Load Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module
            • RSA Control Module
            • Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
            • Mode Actuator
            • Auxiliary Mode Actuator
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
            • Auxiliary Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Air Speed - Front Control
          • Air Speed - Auxiliary
          • Air Distribution
            • Notes
            • Mode Actuator
            • Front Defrost
          • Air Distribution - Auxiliary Control
          • Recirculation Operation
          • Automatic Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module
            • Rear Seat Audio Control Module
            • Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator
            • Air Temperature Sensors
            • Sunload Sensor Assembly
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • A/C Low Pressure Switch
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Auxiliary Heating and A/C Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Auxiliary Automatic Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
          • A/C Cycle with Auxiliary
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0263, B0408, or B0418: HVAC Door Actuator Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0414, B0424, or B3770: HVAC Door Actuator Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1375: Device Ignition 3 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0530: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
        • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary (A/C Only)
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary (With Heat and A/C)
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary (A/C Only)
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary (With Heat and A/C)
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement (W/O D07)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement (W/ D07)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement - Front Auxiliary (Front Overhead Control A/C Only)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement - Front Auxiliary (Front Overhead Control Heat and A/C)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement - Rear Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Processor Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Switch Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Processor
            • Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
            • Rear Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
            • Mode Actuator
            • Auxiliary Mode Actuator
          • Air Speed - Front Control
            • Notes
            • Low Blower Speed
            • Medium Blower Speeds
            • High Blower Speed
          • Air Speed - Auxiliary
            • Notes
            • Off Mode
            • Auxiliary Low Blower Speed
            • Auxiliary Medium Blower Speed
            • Auxiliary High Blower Speed
          • Air Distribution
            • Notes
            • Mode Actuator
            • Front Defrost
          • Air Distribution - Auxiliary Control
          • Recirculation Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Processor
            • Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
            • Rear Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • A/C Low Pressure Switch
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Auxiliary Heating and A/C Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
          • A/C Cycle with Auxiliary
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance & Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
          • Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Notes
          • Engine Oil and Filter Change
          • Gas Engine Oil Quality
          • Engine Oil Viscosity
          • Chassis Lubrication
            • Notes
            • Lubricating Joints that have Grease Fittings
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Accessory Drive Belt Inspection
          • Automatic Transmission
          • Automatic Transfer Case
          • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
          • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Fuel Filter Replacement
          • Drive Axle Service
          • Cooling System Service
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Notes
            • Starter Switch Check
            • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Check
            • Ignition Transmission Lock Check
            • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Zone Identification Views
        • SIR Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Diagnostic System Check - SIR
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Passenger Presence System Flash Code Procedures
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Flash Code Procedure
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC 023: NA
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 024: NA
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 063: NA
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 064: NA
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 065: NA
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0012, B0013, B0014, B0016, B0017, or B0018: Right Front/Passenger Frontal Deployment Loop (Stage 1) Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026, B0042, B0043, or B0044: Left Front/Driver Frontal Deployment Loop (Stage 1) Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0028, B0029, or B0030: Right Front/Driver Side Deployment Loop Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0040, B0041, or B0045: Left Front/Driver Side Deployment Loop Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0051: Deployment Commanded
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0053: Deployment Commanded with Loop Malfunctions Present
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0077, B0078, B0079, B0080, B0081, or B0082: Left Front/Driver Frontal Deployment Loop (Stage 2) Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0083 or B0084: Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0092: Suppression Sensor 1 Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0098: Automatic Occupant Sensing Controller ECU Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0100, B0101, B0102, B0103, B0104, or B0105: Electronic Frontal Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1241: Lost Communications With Scan Tool
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Passenger Presence System Rezeroing Procedure
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Rezeroing Procedure
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Passenger Presence System Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zones
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 1
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 2
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 3
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 5
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 6
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 7
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 9
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement (Coil)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement (Coil and Harness Assembly)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedures
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Accident With Frontal Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Accident With Side Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Live (Undeployed) Inflator Modules
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Scrapping Procedures
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle-IP Module, Side Impact Module, and Steering Wheel Module
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle-Vehicle Scrapping Procedures
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS)
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensors (SPS)
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicators
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensors
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harnesses
          • Steering Wheel and Column
          • Driver and Passenger Knee Bolsters
          • Side SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensors (SIS)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear (Bench)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Front Seat Belt System Operation
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear (Bench)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Front Seat Belt System Operation
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering
    • Rear Wheel Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Rear Wheel Steering Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Wheel Steering Component Views
        • Rear Wheel Steering Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Rear Wheel Steering
        • Diagnostic System Check - Rear Wheel Steering
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3593: Malfunctioning Rear Wheel Steering Mode Select Switch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0000: Vehicle Speed Information Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0253: EBCM Control Valve Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0455: Steering Position Sensor Circuit Malfunction (VES)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0472: Steering Handwheel Speed Sensor Signal V Low; C0473: Steering Handwheel Speed Sensor Signal V High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0522: Position Signal Circuit On The Rear Position Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0527: Invalid Switch Combination Is Detected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0532: Rear Wheel Position Sensor Signals Have Invalid Values
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0533: Shorting Relay Is Stuck Open/Closed, Commanded Vs. Actual
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0538: Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Does Not See Rear Wheel Steering Gear Motor Respond To Current Inputs Properly
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0543: Rear Actuator Does Not Achieve Desired Position
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction - Internal Write/Checksum Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Rear Wheel Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • One or Multiple Rear Wheel Steering Mode Switch Indicators Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • One or Multiple Rear Wheel Steering Mode Switch Indicators Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Wheel Steering Mode Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Steering Tie Rod End Replacement - Outer
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Steering Tie Rod End Replacement - Inner
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Actuator Boot Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Motor Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Actuator and Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Ball Joint Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Tools required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Hub and Bearing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Protection Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Wheel Steering Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (670 Gear)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (Regular)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System (Without Hydraulic Brake Booster)
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System (With Hydraulic Brake Booster)
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid (Without Hydroboost)
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid (With Hydroboost)
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L and 6.0L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (8.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (Regular)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (With Hydroboost)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (With Hydroboost)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (Without Hydroboost)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (Recirculating Ball)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Inlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Outlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Worm Thrust Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Thrust Bearing Preload Adjustment
        • Pitman Shaft Over-Center Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle
          • Pitman Shaft Over Center Preload Adjustment
        • Steering Gear Pitman Shaft and Housing Cover Replacement - Off Vehicle (670 Gear)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Housing End Plug Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack Piston and Worm Shaft Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Pitman Shaft Seals and Bearing Replacement - Off Vehicle (670 Gear)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Check Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Stub Shaft Housing Replacement (670 Gear)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Thrust Support Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (670 Gear)
      • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (Regular)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System (Without Hydraulic Brake Booster)
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System (With Hydraulic Brake Booster)
      • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Bleeding the Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid (Without Hydroboost)
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid (With Hydroboost)
      • Flushing the Power Steering System
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (8.1L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (Regular)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (With Hydroboost)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (With Hydroboost)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (Without Hydroboost)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (Recirculating Ball)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Brake Booster Inlet Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Brake Booster Outlet Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Worm Thrust Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Thrust Bearing Preload Adjustment
      • Pitman Shaft Over-Center Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle
        • Pitman Shaft Over Center Preload Adjustment
      • Steering Gear Pitman Shaft and Housing Cover Replacement - Off Vehicle (670 Gear)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Housing End Plug Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack Piston and Worm Shaft Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Pitman Shaft Seals and Bearing Replacement - Off Vehicle (670 Gear)
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Check Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Stub Shaft Housing Replacement (670 Gear)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Thrust Support Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Standard)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Standard)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Lock System Does Not Unlock
      • Lock System Does Not Lock
      • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
      • High Lock Effort
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • High Shift Effort
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shift Lever Replacement (With Tow/Haul Switch)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shift Lever Replacement (Without Tow/Haul Switch)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Horn Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Tilt)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Standard)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Thrust Washer
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Seal Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift Standard)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift Standard)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security on Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Linkage (Non-Rack & Pinion)
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Steering Linkage Inspection (Steering Linkage Inspection)
        • Notes
        • Left Side Steering Linkage
        • Right Side Steering Linkage
      • Steering Linkage Inspection (Idler Arm Inspection)
        • Notes
        • Idler Arm Inspection Procedure
      • Tie Rod Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Idler Arm Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Relay Rod Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Damper Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Pitman Arm Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Linkage Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension
    • Suspension Control System - Suspension Damping And Suspension Leveling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Suspension Controls Schematic Icons
        • Suspension Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Suspension Controls Component Views
        • Suspension Controls Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Electronic Suspension Control
        • Diagnostic System Check - Electronic Suspension Control
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Notes
          • Data Display
          • Cycle Outputs
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Notes
          • Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0455: Steering Position Sensor Circuit Malfunction (VES)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0551: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0575: Left Front Solenoid Circuit; C0580: Right Front Solenoid Circuit; C0585: Left Rear Solenoid Circuit; C0590: Right Rear Solenoid Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0615: Left Front Position Sensor Circuit; C0620: Right Front Position Sensor Circuit; C0625: Left Rear Position Sensor Circuit; C0630: Right Rear Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0690: Damper Control Relay Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0870: Device Voltage Reference Output 1 Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Electronic Suspension Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Service Ride Control Indicator Always On
        • Service Ride Control Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Electronic Suspension Control Module Replacement (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Suspension Control Module Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Position Sensor Replacement - Electronic Suspension (15 series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Position Sensor Replacement - Electronic Suspension (25 series 2WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Position Sensor Replacement - Electronic Suspension (25 series 4WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Position Sensor Link Assembly Replacement - Electronic Suspension
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Position Sensor Link Assembly Replacement - Electronic Suspension
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Position Sensor Replacement - Electronic Suspension - Left (15 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Position Sensor Replacement - Electronic Suspension - Left (25 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Position Sensor Replacement - Electronic Suspension - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Suspension Control Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module
          • Position Sensors
          • Shock Absorbers
          • Vehicle Speed
          • Warning Message
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension Control System - Suspension Leveling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Level Control Suspension Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Level Control Suspension Component Views
        • Automatic Level Control Suspension Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Level Control
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Level Control
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0655: Level Control Compressor Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0660: Level Control Exhaust Valve Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0711: Level Control Air Pressure Sensor Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Level Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Level Control Compressor Motor Always On
        • Automatic Level Control Compressor Motor Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Level Control Air Dryer and Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Line Tubing Repair
        • Air Compressor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Level Control Description and Operation
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement (Coil Spring Suspension)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement (Torsion Bar Suspension)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement (Coil Spring Suspension)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement (Torsion Bar Suspension)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spring Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Hub, Bearing, and Seal Replacement (RWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Hub, Bearing, and Seal Replacement (4WD)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torsion Bar Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description (Torsion Bar)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection (Lower Ball Joint)
        • Ball Joint Inspection (Upper Ball Joint)
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • Z Height Adjustment
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Axle Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement (15/25 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement (15/25 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement (15 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement (25 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Coil Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spring Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Leaf Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spring Shackle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spring Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Track Bar Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection (Lower Ball Joint)
        • Ball Joint Inspection (Upper Ball Joint)
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • Z Height Adjustment
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment Specifications & Adjustment Procedures
    • Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Measuring Wheel Alignment (w/Rear Wheel Steering)
        • Learn Wheel Alignment
        • Alignment Procedure
          • Notes
          • Learn Wheel Alignment Procedure
      • Measuring Wheel Alignment (w/o Rear Wheel Steering)
      • Front Caster and Camber Adjustment
      • Front Toe Adjustment
      • Rear Toe Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Caster Description
      • Camber Description
      • Toe Description
      • Setback Description
      • Thrust Angles Description
      • Lead/Pull Description
      • Memory Steer Description
      • Wander Description
      • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic System Check - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760, or C0765: Low Tire Pressure Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0775: Low Tire Pressure System Sensors Not Learned
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Control Module Setup
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM) Setup
          • TPM System Enable
          • Tire Type/Pressure Selection
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Replacement (Clamp In Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Valve Stem Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Learn
          • Tools
          • TPM Learn Mode Description
          • Sensor Function Using the Pressure Increase/Decrease method
          • Sensor Functions using J-46079
          • TPM Learn Mode Cancellation
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Tires & Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing Guidelines
          • Evaluating Damage
          • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing General Recommendations/Options
          • Repair Option Number 1
          • General Color Selection
          • General Refinishing Procedures-Removal
          • General Refinishing Procedures-Installation
          • Repair Option Number 2. Outside Companies
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
          • Notes
          • Installation
        • Tire Hoist and Shaft Replacement
          • Tire Hoist Secondary Latch Mechanism
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Forward Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Third and Fourth Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Reverse Input Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Specifications (M33 Only)
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Selection
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
        • Torque Converter Housing Identification
        • Transmission Fluid Pan Identification
        • Case Extension Identification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Do Not Use Air Tools
        • Holding Fixture Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Drain Oil
        • Converter Housing Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Cover and Assembly Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Length Check
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Removal (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only )
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Removal (M33 Model Only)
        • Valve Body and Wiring Harness Removal
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Removal
        • Transmission End Play Check
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • 2-4 Band, Input Clutches, Input Gear Set Removal
        • Reaction Gear Set Removal
        • Output Shaft, Reaction Gear, Low/Rev Clutch Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Inner Manual Linkage Removal
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Removal
        • Case Assembly Inspection
        • Retainer and Ball Assembly Leak Check
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Third Accumulator Retainer and Ball Replacement
        • Case Bushing
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Shaft Seal Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
        • Inner Manual Linkage Installation
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Inspection
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Plates Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Disassemble
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Installation
        • Reaction Sun Gear Installation
        • Reaction Carrier Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Internal Gear, Reaction Shaft and Shell Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Internal Transmission Speed Sensor Rotor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Carrier Inspection
        • Input Sun Gear Bushings Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Carrier Inspection and Installation
        • Input Clutch Assembly Disassemble
          • Removal Procedure
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Inspection
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Assemble
        • Input Housing to Output Shaft Seal Installation
        • Overrun Clutch Installation
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Piston Travel Check
        • 3-4 Clutch Assemble
        • 3-4 Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Clutch Air Check
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Turbine Shaft Seals Installation
        • Reverse Input Clutch Disassemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reverse Input Clutch Assemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Reverse Input and Input Clutches Installation
        • 2-4 Band Assembly Installation
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Body Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Oil Pump Body Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump Body Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Stator Shaft Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Cover Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover and Body Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
        • Converter Housing Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Installation
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Control Valve Body Assemble
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 3-4 Accumulator Installation
        • 1-2 Accumulator Disassemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Assemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Installation
        • Control Valve Body Installation
        • Manual Detent Spring Installation
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Installation (M33 Model Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Assembly Installation
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Filter Replacement (M33 Model Only)
        • Transmission Oil Pan Installation
        • 2-4 Servo Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Assembly Installation
        • Case Extension Bushing Replacement (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only )
        • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Installation (2WD Applications Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • Torque Converter Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Holding Fixture Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission ID Information
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Pressure Relief Valve
            • Line Pressure Tap
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid and Regulator Apply and Isolator Valve
            • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lubrication System
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
          • Reverse
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Input Air Bleed Checkball
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Reverse Input Cutch Releases
              • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Checkball (#12)
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Piston
            • Forward Clutch Abuse Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Accumulator Valve
            • Rear Lube (All Except Y-Car)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Checkball (#8)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve and 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applies
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Apply Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • TCC Apply Checkball (#9)
            • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
              • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 3-2 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Releases and 2-4 Band Applies
              • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve and 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Downshift Timing and Control
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Manual Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Control Checkball (#6)
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Air Bleed Checkball
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch and Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Manual Third - First and Second Gears: Overrun Clutch Released
          • Manual Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • First Gear Prevented
            • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Manual First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 2-4 Band Releases
              • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator Assembly
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Applied
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Control Solenoid Valve and the 3-2 Control Valve
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Unit Repair)
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Servicing
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Oil Pan Gasket
      • Lubrication
        • Service Intervals
        • Checking Fluid Level & Condition
          • Checking Fluid Level
          • Checking Fluid Condition
        • Recommended Fluids
        • Fluid Capacities
        • Draining & Refilling
          • Draining & Cleaning
          • Refilling & Inspecting
        • Oil Cooler Flushing & Flow Check
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-Up
      • On-Vehicle Repairs
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
        • Shift Cable
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Accumulator Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Auxiliary Oil Cooler
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Control & Shift Solenoids
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Extension Housing Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Extension Housing Rear Oil Seal
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Filler Tube & Seal
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Cooler Lines
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Cooler Line Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Pressure Regulator
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shift Cable Bracket
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shift Cable
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • TCC Solenoid, TCC PWM Solenoid & Wiring Harness
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Valve Body & Pressure Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 2-4 Servo
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E (Diagnostic Information & Procedure)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedure
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Notes
          • Type A
          • Type B
          • Type C
          • Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E (Introduction, Service & Replacement)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Torque Converter End Play Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Logic
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connectors
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Cable Re-Adjustment
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Adjustment
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Line Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Auxiliary Cooler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube and Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Body and Pressure Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control and Shift Solenoids Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation (TCC PWM) Solenoid, TCC Solenoid, and Wiring Harness
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator Assembly, Spacer Plate, and Gaskets
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Extension Housing Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Extension Housing Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
          • Notes
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP)
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages
        • Electronic Component Description
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • 3-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid
          • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transmission Range Switch
          • Tow/Haul Mode Switch
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E (Troubleshooting)
      • Troubleshooting
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Tow/Haul Switch/Indicator Always On or Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
        • Line Pressure Check Procedure
          • Tools Required
        • Road Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs During TCC Apply or Release
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
        • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
          • Notes
          • Isolating Vibration
          • Indexing Torque Converter
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 45096)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-Up
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 35944-A)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Tools Required
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-up
        • Transmission Overheats
        • Oil Pressure High or Low
        • Harsh Shifts
        • Inaccurate Shift Points
        • First Gear Range Only - No Upshift
        • Slips in First Gear
        • Slipping or Harsh 1-2 Shift
        • No 2-3 Shift or 2-3 Shift Slips, Rough or Hunting
        • Second/Third Gear Only or First/Fourth Gears Only
        • No First or Second Gear/No Third or Fourth Gear
        • No Second Gear, No Fourth Gear, and No Reverse Gear
        • Third Gear Only
        • 3-2 Flare or Tie-Up
        • No 3-4 Shift, Slips or Rough 3-4 Shift
        • No Reverse or Slips in Reverse
        • No Part Throttle or Delayed Downshifts
        • Harsh Garage Shift
        • No Overrun Braking - Manual 3-2-1
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply (300 RPM Slip)
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Shudder
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Release
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Slip - 100 RPM Slip
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Slip with Stall/Stumble
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Intermittent - OK Cold/Slips Hot
        • No Fourth Gear, or Slips in Fourth Gear
        • Slip/Flare in Any Gear
        • No Third Gear
        • Drives in Neutral
        • Second Gear Start
        • No Park
        • Oil Out the Vent
        • Vibration in Reverse and Whining Noise in Park
        • Ratcheting Noise
        • Popping Noise
        • Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid Pressure
        • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
        • Noise in Random Ranges
        • No Drive in All Ranges
        • No Drive in Drive Range
        • Shift Lever Indicates Wrong Gear
        • No Gear Selection
        • Engine Starts in Gear
        • Delay in Drive and Reverse
        • Lack of Power or Hesitation
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E Diagnosis (DTC P0218 To DTC P2771)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0218
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0502
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0503
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0706
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0719
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0724
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0740
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0742
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0748
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0751
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0752
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0753
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0756
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0757
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0758
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0785
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0894
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
            • Condition 3
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1810
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
            • Condition 3
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2761
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2771
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams - 4L60-E/4L65-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Shift Interlock System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Forward Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Third and Fourth Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Reverse Input Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Specifications (M33 Only)
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Selection
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
        • Torque Converter Housing Identification
        • Transmission Fluid Pan Identification
        • Case Extension Identification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Do Not Use Air Tools
        • Holding Fixture Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Drain Oil
        • Converter Housing Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Cover and Assembly Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Length Check
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Removal (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only )
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Removal (M33 Model Only)
        • Valve Body and Wiring Harness Removal
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Removal
        • Transmission End Play Check
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • 2-4 Band, Input Clutches, Input Gear Set Removal
        • Reaction Gear Set Removal
        • Output Shaft, Reaction Gear, Low/Rev Clutch Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Inner Manual Linkage Removal
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Removal
        • Case Assembly Inspection
        • Retainer and Ball Assembly Leak Check
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Third Accumulator Retainer and Ball Replacement
        • Case Bushing
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Shaft Seal Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
        • Inner Manual Linkage Installation
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Inspection
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Plates Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Disassemble
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Installation
        • Reaction Sun Gear Installation
        • Reaction Carrier Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Internal Gear, Reaction Shaft and Shell Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Internal Transmission Speed Sensor Rotor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Carrier Inspection
        • Input Sun Gear Bushings Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Carrier Inspection and Installation
        • Input Clutch Assembly Disassemble
          • Removal Procedure
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Inspection
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Assemble
        • Input Housing to Output Shaft Seal Installation
        • Overrun Clutch Installation
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Piston Travel Check
        • 3-4 Clutch Assemble
        • 3-4 Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Clutch Air Check
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Turbine Shaft Seals Installation
        • Reverse Input Clutch Disassemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reverse Input Clutch Assemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Reverse Input and Input Clutches Installation
        • 2-4 Band Assembly Installation
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Body Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Oil Pump Body Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump Body Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Stator Shaft Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Cover Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover and Body Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
        • Converter Housing Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Installation
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Control Valve Body Assemble
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 3-4 Accumulator Installation
        • 1-2 Accumulator Disassemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Assemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Installation
        • Control Valve Body Installation
        • Manual Detent Spring Installation
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Installation (M33 Model Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Assembly Installation
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Filter Replacement (M33 Model Only)
        • Transmission Oil Pan Installation
        • 2-4 Servo Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Assembly Installation
        • Case Extension Bushing Replacement (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only )
        • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Installation (2WD Applications Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • Torque Converter Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Holding Fixture Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission ID Information
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Pressure Relief Valve
            • Line Pressure Tap
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid and Regulator Apply and Isolator Valve
            • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lubrication System
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
          • Reverse
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Input Air Bleed Checkball
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Reverse Input Cutch Releases
              • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Checkball (#12)
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Piston
            • Forward Clutch Abuse Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Accumulator Valve
            • Rear Lube (All Except Y-Car)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Checkball (#8)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve and 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applies
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Apply Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • TCC Apply Checkball (#9)
            • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
              • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 3-2 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Releases and 2-4 Band Applies
              • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve and 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Downshift Timing and Control
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Manual Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Control Checkball (#6)
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Air Bleed Checkball
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch and Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Manual Third - First and Second Gears: Overrun Clutch Released
          • Manual Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • First Gear Prevented
            • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Manual First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 2-4 Band Releases
              • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator Assembly
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Applied
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Control Solenoid Valve and the 3-2 Control Valve
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Unit Repair)
    • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams - 4L60-E/4L65-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
  • Transfer Case
    • Transfer Case - BW 4481-Nr3
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Transfer Case
        • Symptoms - Transfer Case
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Transfer Case Popping Noise
        • Transfer Case Whine or Rumble Noise
        • Transfer Case Growl or Grinding Noise
        • Transfer Case Shudder or Binding
        • Transfer Case Clunk during Acceleration and Deceleration
        • Transfer Case Leak Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transfer Case Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Fluid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Adapter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Input Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transfer Case Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Flow
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Transfer Case - Overhaul -- BW 4481-Nr3
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
      • Visual Identification
        • Transfer Case Disassembled View
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transfer Case Disassemble
        • Cleaning and Inspection
          • Front Case Half
          • Rear Case Half
          • Differential Components
          • Drive Chain and Sprockets
          • Input Shaft
          • Front Output Shaft
          • Rear Output Shaft
        • Transfer Case Assemble
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• External Pages